Anda di halaman 1dari 222

Release Notes

for Financials
SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Copyright
2010 SAP AG. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG. The information contained herein may be changed without prior notice. Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors. Microsoft, Windows, Excel, Outlook, and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. IBM, DB2, DB2 Universal Database, System i, System i5, System p, System p5, System x, System z, System z10, System z9, z10, z9, iSeries, pSeries, xSeries, zSeries, eServer, z/VM, z/OS, i5/OS, S/390, OS/390, OS/400, AS/400, S/390 Parallel Enterprise Server, PowerVM, Power Architecture, POWER6+, POWER6, POWER5+, POWER5, POWER, OpenPower, PowerPC, BatchPipes, BladeCenter, System Storage, GPFS, HACMP, RETAIN, DB2 Connect, RACF, Redbooks, OS/2, Parallel Sysplex, MVS/ESA, AIX, Intelligent Miner, WebSphere, Netfinity, Tivoli and Informix are trademarks or registered trademarks of IBM Corporation. Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries. Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, PostScript, and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation. UNIX, X/Open, OSF/1, and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open Group. Citrix, ICA, Program Neighborhood, MetaFrame, WinFrame, VideoFrame, and MultiWin are trademarks or registered trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc. HTML, XML, XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3C, World Wide Web Consortium, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Java is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. JavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc., used under license for technology invented and implemented by Netscape. SAP, R/3, SAP NetWeaver, Duet, PartnerEdge, ByDesign, Clear Enterprise, SAP BusinessObjects Explorer and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and other countries. Business Objects and the Business Objects logo, BusinessObjects, Crystal Reports, Crystal Decisions, Web Intelligence, Xcelsius, and other Business Objects products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP France in the United States and in other countries. All other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their respective companies. Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only. National product specifications may vary. These materials are subject to change without notice. These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies ("SAP Group") for informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any kind, and SAP Group shall not be liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP Group products and services are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 2 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Corporate Governance .................................................................................... 8 Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units.............................................................................................................. 8
FIN_MDM_ORG: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units (new) ............................................................................................. 8

Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Cons. Units.............................................................................................................. 9
FIN_MDM_SOA_CU: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA ChtAccts and FRS (New)................................................................................................ 9

Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Org. Units .................................................................................................................... 10
FIN_MDM_SOA_ORG: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Organizational Units (new) ........................................................................................... 10

Financial Accounting ...................................................................................... 11 Business Function Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 03 .............................. 11
FICAX_CI_3: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, 03 (New) ............................ 11 Archiving (New) ............................................................................................................ 14 Extraction to Business Intelligence (BI) (new) ............................................................... 15 Mass Change of Documents......................................................................................... 16 Cash Journal ................................................................................................................ 17 Closing Operations (New) ............................................................................................. 18 Collections Management (New) .................................................................................... 19 Processing of Worklists by Collections Manager (New) ................................................. 21 Credit Clarification (New) .............................................................................................. 22 Dunning ....................................................................................................................... 24 New Events .................................................................................................................. 25 External Cash Desk Services (New) ............................................................................. 28 Replication and Synchronization of Business Partner Data ........................................... 30 Information Containers (New) ....................................................................................... 31 Integration (New) .......................................................................................................... 32 Mass Activities ............................................................................................................. 35 Postings and Documents .............................................................................................. 36 Transferring Items and Requests (New) ........................................................................ 37 Enhanced Consistency Checks for Documents (New)................................................... 38 Connection of Schedule Manager in FI-CA ................................................................... 40 Subapplication in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (New) ............................ 41 Update of External Tax Systems (New) ........................................................................ 42 Withholding Tax (New) ................................................................................................. 43 Telecommunications Tax (New).................................................................................... 45 Enterprise Services (New) ............................................................................................ 50 Doubtful Items and Individual Value Adjustment ........................................................... 52

Business Function Invoicing ....................................................................... 53


FICAX_INV_1: Invoicing Enhancements, SD Integration (New) .................................... 53 Invoicing (New) ............................................................................................................ 54

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 3 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Billing Cycle (New) ....................................................................................................... 56 Discount at Invoice Level (New).................................................................................... 59

Business Function Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 03 .............................. 60


FICAX_INV_PP_1: Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) ......... 60 Billing (New) ................................................................................................................. 61 Integration with SAP Convergent Charging (New) ......................................................... 64 One-Off Charges (New) ................................................................................................ 66

Business Function Local Close 2 ................................................................ 67


FIN_ACC_LOCAL_CLOSE: Local Close 2 (New) ......................................................... 67

Business Function FI, ES Sending Payment Advices ................................. 69


FIN_APAR_PAYMT_ADV: Business Function FI, ES Sending Payment Advices (new) 69

Business Function CO, Parallel Valuation of Costs of Goods Manufactured .................................................................................................................... 71


FIN_CO_COGM: Multiple Valuation of Cost of Goods Manufactured (New) .................. 71

Business Function FI, Integration with CRM Funds Management for Marketing .................................................................................................... 75
FIN_CRM_MKT_INTGR_MAP: Mppng ERP Cst elmts to Exp. tps frm CRM Fds Mgmt. 75

Business Function Average Daily Balance ................................................. 76


FIN_GL_ADB: Average Daily Balance (New) ................................................................ 76

Business Function New General Ledger Accounting 3 ............................... 77


FIN_GL_CI_3: New General Ledger Accounting 3 (New) .............................................. 77 FIN_GL_CI_3: Impairment of Assets According to IAS36 (New).................................... 78 FIN_GL_CI_3: Parallel Valuation of Material Stocks (New) ........................................... 80 FIN_GL_CI_3: Enhanced Reports for Reconciliation Between MM and FI-GL (New)..... 81 FIN_GL_CI_3: Reading Totals Records from Archive (New) ......................................... 83 FIN_GL_CI_3: Number Assignment for Asset Transfer (New) ....................................... 84

Business Function Sum transfer in distributed systems .............................. 85


FIN_GL_DISTR_SCEN_1: Totals Document and Single Document Transfer in Distributed Systems (New) ........................................................................................... 85

Business Function Error Correction System ............................................... 88


FIN_GL_ERR_CORR: Error Correction System (New) ................................................. 88

Business Function FI-GL (new), Reorganization and FI-AA Segment Reports ....................................................................................................... 90
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Center Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) ........... 90 FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Receivables and Payables (New) .................... 94 FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Materials (New) ............................................... 96 FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of WIP and SD Objects (New).............................. 97 FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Cost Centers (New) ......................................... 99 FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Fixed Assets (New)........................................ 100 FIN_GL_REORG_1: Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets (New) ................................ 102

Business Function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates.................................................................................................... 104
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Business Function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (New) .......................................................................................................... 104 FIN_LOC_CI_11: Financial Statements (New) ............................................................ 105

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 4 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: Cash Flow Statements (New) ......................................................... 106 FIN_LOC_CI_11: Official Document Numbering by Period (New) ............................... 107 FIN_LOC_CI_11 Time Dept. Text for G/L Acc. China (Enhanced) ............................... 108 FIN_LOC_CI_11: G/L Account Balances for China ..................................................... 109 FIN_LOC_CI_11: G/L Account Vouchers for China ..................................................... 110 FIN_LOC_CI_11: P&L Carry Forward for China .......................................................... 111 FIN_LOC_CI_11: FI Localization for Kingdom of Saudi Arabia .................................... 112 FIN_LOC_CI_11: FI Localization for United Arab Emirates ......................................... 113

Business Function FI, LO Localization for China ...................................... 114


FIN_LOC_CI_13: Business Function FI, Localization for China (New)......................... 114 FIN_LOC_CI_13: General Ledger Account Attributes (New) ....................................... 115 FIN_LOC_CI_13: Financial Statements (Enhanced) ................................................... 116 FIN_LOC_CI_13: Official Document Numbering by Period (Enhanced) ....................... 117 FIN_LOC_CI_13: Account Level Hierarchy (New) ....................................................... 118 FIN_LOC_CI_13: G/L Account Balances for China (Enhanced) .................................. 119 FIN_LOC_CI_13: G/L Account Vouchers for China (Enhanced) .................................. 120 FIN_LOC_CI_13: P&L Carry Forward for China (Enhanced) ....................................... 121 FIN_LOC_CI_13: Aging Reports (New) ...................................................................... 122 FIN_LOC_CI_13: GR/IR Analysis Reports (New) ........................................................ 123

Business Function FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China .............. 124
FIN_LOC_CI_16: FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China (New) ......................... 124

Business Function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia ....................................................................................................... 126
FIN_LOC_CI_7: Business Function FI, LO Topics for CL, IN, PT, RU (New) ............... 126 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Asset Accounting, Russia (Enhanced) ............................................... 127 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Contract Processing, Russia (New) ................................................... 128 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Deal Passports, Russia (New) ........................................................... 130 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Export Customs Declarations, Russia (New) ...................................... 131 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Import Customs Declarations, Russia (New) ...................................... 133 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Financial Statements, Russia (New) .................................................. 134 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Foreign Currency Valuation History, Russia (New) ............................. 135 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Form Printing, Russia (Enhanced) ..................................................... 136 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Negative Posting, Russia (Enhanced) ................................................ 138 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Offsetting Acc. Determination Russia (Enhanced) .............................. 140 FIN_LOC_CI_7 Value-Added Tax, Russia (Enhanced) ............................................... 141 FIN_LOC_CI_7 VAT for Goods in Transit, Russia (New)............................................. 142 FIN_LOC_CI_7 FI Summarization - Material Ledger Chile (New) ................................ 143 FIN_LOC_CI_7: Assigning Tax Code Based on Region, India (Enhanced).................. 144 FIN_LOC_CI_7: Free Revaluation of Fixed Assets, Portugal (New) ............................ 145

Business Function FI-AA Topics for IN, JP, RU ........................................ 146


FIN_LOC_CI_8: FI-AA Localization Topics for India, Japan, and Russia ..................... 146 FIN_LOC_CI_8: Asset Master Data, Russia (Enhanced)............................................. 147 FIN_LOC_CI_8 Calc. IT Depreciation of Asset Blk, IN (New) ...................................... 148 FIN_LOC_CI_8: Annex 16, Japan (New) .................................................................... 150

Business Function FI, Enablement for FSS .............................................. 151

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 5 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Business Function FI, Enablement for Financial Shared Services (New) ......................................................................................................................... 151 FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Connection of Miscellaneous Systems (New) ................................. 154

Financial Analytics ....................................................................................... 155 Business Function Error Correction and Suspense Accounting................ 155
FIN_GL_ERR_CORR_SUSP: Error Correction System: Suspense Accounting (New). 155

Business Function PDCE Enhanced Performance ................................... 157


FIN_BA_605_FIN_PDCE_PI: PDCE, Improved Performance (New) ........................... 157

Financial Shared Service Center ................................................................. 158 Business Function Internal Self Services, Enablement for Financial Shared Services .................................................................................................... 158
FIN_SSC_ISS_1: Business Function Internal Self-Services, Enablement for Fin. Shared Services (New) ........................................................................................................... 158

Financial Supply Chain Management .......................................................... 161 Business Function SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2 ....................................... 161
FIN_FSCM_BD_3: SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2 (New) ............................................... 161 FIN_FSCM_BD_3_01: Invoice Status (New) ............................................................... 162 FIN_FSCM_BD_3_02: Inquiries by Vendors (New) ..................................................... 163

Business Function FSCM Functions 3 ...................................................... 164


FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: Business Function FSCM Functions 3 (New).............................. 164 FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: WS-RM Support in SAP Credit Management.............................. 166

Business Function FSCM Integration 3..................................................... 168


FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION_3: Business Function FSCM Integration 3 (New) .. 168

Business Function FSCM, Enablement for FSS ....................................... 170


FIN_FSCM_SSC_AIC_1: Business Function FSCM, Enablement for FSS (New) ........ 170

Business Function FI, Localization for CN ................................................ 172


FIN_LOC_CI_9: Business Function FI Localization Topics for China........................... 172

SAP for Public Sector .................................................................................. 173 Business Function FI, LO, Interest on Arrears Localization Topic for France .................................................................................................................. 173
FIN_LOC_CI_10: FI, LO Interest on Arrears for FR (New) .......................................... 173

Strategic Enterprise Management................................................................ 174 Business Function Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale ........... 174
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) .......... 174 FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Assets Held for Sale (New) ................................................. 175 FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Load from Data Stream and Copy (Enhanced) .................... 178 FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Historical Currency Translation Without C/I (New) ............... 179 FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Document Type Assignment in the Balance Carryforward (New) ......................................................................................................................... 180 FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Compare Investment to Equity (Enhanced) ......................... 181 FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Hiding Statistical Items in the Log (New) ............................. 182 FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Equity Method (Changed) ................................................... 183 FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Consistency Check for Manual Document Types (New) ...... 184

Treasury....................................................................................................... 185 Business Function FIN In-House Cash Module Enhancements................ 185
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 6 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: In-House Cash Module Enhancements (New) .................... 185 FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: Unblocking and Posting of Payment Order (New)............... 186 FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: Dual Control for Limit Check .............................................. 187

Business Function Financial Risk Management for Commodities ............ 188


FIN_TRM_COMM_RM: Financial Risk Management for Commodities (New) .............. 188

Business Function TRM, Correspondence Framework 2 .......................... 192


FIN_TRM_CORR_FW_2: TRM Correspondence Framework 2 (New) ........................ 192

Business Function TRM, Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios .................................................................................................. 194
FIN_TRM_INS_HM_2: Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios (New) ... 194

Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France .................................................................................................................. 198
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (New) ........................................................................................................ 198 FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Amortized Cost (New) .......................................................... 199 FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Capitalization Reserves (New) ... Error! Bookmark not defined. FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: FIFO Reevaluation (New)..................................................... 202

Business Function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting .................................................................................................. 203
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (New) ......................................................................................................................... 203 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Forward Loan Purchases (New) .......................................... 206 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Fiduciary Deposit................................................................. 207 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Total Return Swap (New) .................................................... 208 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Company Code Dependent Rate Type for CurrencyTranslation (New) ......................................................................................................................... 209 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Variable Rate/Price Calculation (New) ................................. 210 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Enhancements in Single Position Management (New) ......... 211 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Separating Posting and Paying Step (New) ......................... 213 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Retrospective SAC Amortization Method (New) ................... 214 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Account Assignments (New) ................................ 215 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Tab Pages in Class Data (New)........................... 216 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Authorization Check for Security Price Maintenance (New) .. 217 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: FAS 157 Reporting (New) .................................................... 218 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Archiving of Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (New) 219 FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Accounting Analyzer (New).................................................. 220

Additional Release Notes............................................................................. 221


Enhancements for Foreign Currency Valuation (New) ................................................. 221

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 7 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Corporate Governance
Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units
FIN_MDM_ORG: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units (new)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (FINBASIS 605), you can use the business function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units. This business function lets you configure a governance process for your master data in the area of Financials: The management of the master data takes place centrally and undergoes an approval process. The changes can be replicated to decentralized systems and are documented. This business function offers the following enhancements as compared to business function Master Data Governance for Financials: Chart of Accounts (FIN_MDM_ACC): o New entity types: o o o Company Profit center Cost center Cost element

Improved analysis and print functions More options for modeling the approval process More options in data and UI modeling

Prerequisites You have activated the business function Master Data Governance, Generic Functions (MDG_FOUNDATION).

Effects on Customizing Work through the Customizing activities in Customizing for Master Data Governance under: o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units General Settings Master Data Governance for Financials

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 8 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Cons. Units
FIN_MDM_SOA_CU: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA ChtAccts and FRS (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), the new business function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA ChtAccts and FRS is available. This business function allows you to use enterprise services to import the master data of consolidation charts of accounts and item hierarchies from the Master Data Governance hub into your decentralized systems. Integration Enterprise services for exporting the data are provided in the software component FINBASIS 605; these enterprise services are part of the business function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units (FIN_MDM_ORG). Effects on Customizing Configure the settings in the Customizing activities under Cross-Application Components -> Processes and Tools for Enterprise Applications -> Master Data Governance -> Master Data Governance for Financials -> Enterprise Services-> Inbound Services for Business Consolidation. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA ChtAccts and FRS

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 9 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Org. Units
FIN_MDM_SOA_ORG: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Organizational Units (new)
Use From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Organizational Units is available. This business function enables you to import the following master data from the Master Data Governance hub into decentralized systems using enterprise services. o o o o o Account and chart of accounts Company Profit center and profit center hierarchy Cost center and cost center hierarchy Cost element

Integration Enterprise services for exporting data are available in the software component FINBASIS 605. These enterprise services are part of the business function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units (FIN_MDM_ORG). Effects on Customizing Work through the Customizing activities under Cross-Application Components -> Processes and Tools for Enterprise Applications -> Master Data Governance -> Master Data Governance for Financials -> Enterprise Services -> Inbound Services for Financials Master Data. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Organizational Units

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 10 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Financial Accounting
Business Function Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 03
FICAX_CI_3: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, 03 (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the business function Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, 03 (FICAX_CI_3). You can use this business function to: o o o o o In credit processing, you can process multiple credits in one step (for example, payment, transfer, payment by check, or write-off). Using event 1256 you can offer items for mass change that correspond to the current item selection of the account balance. During processing of open items within the variable display area, you can scroll horizontally through the fields of the display variant. You can transfer open business partner items and requests at the same time. In the cash desk, you can select payment documents for reversal based on the current date, a concrete date, an entry period, or the number of the payment document; and you can reverse multiple payment documents together in one step. In the area of external cash desk services, you can process reversals of cash desk closings using the enterprise service CashPointClosingDocumentERPCancelNotification_In. You can replicate and synchronize business partners in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. For data in information container categories that you transfer using XI messages, you can also send this data using Web Services Reliable Messaging (WSRM) for asynchronous enterprise services. You can specify the priority with which original items of installment plans are cleared when payments are received. You can aggregate reconciliation keys under one reconciliation key before the transfer to the general ledger. You can link the reconciliation report RFKKOP10 with the SAP Solution Manager in order to monitor the status there of the reconciliation with the general ledger. You can use an extended consistency check for documents. You can use Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit Management in a single or multiple system landscape without an XI server. Using the mass activity Transfer of Credit Data with the asynchronous service CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryNotification_Out, you can transfer key figures from Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable to SAP Credit Management, and you can transfer business partners with negative payment behavior to SAP Credit Management. You can keep the credit score of business partners synchronous in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit Management. You can extract promises to pay for Business Intelligence.

o o

o o o o o o

o o

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 11 of 222

SAP
o o o o o o o

What's New? Release Notes


You can post withholding tax with the vendor invoice. Using the subapplication, you can control the meaning of the reference specifications field from the contract field individually for each industry. You can update external tax systems, such as VERTEX, TAXWARE or SABRIX, in parallel. You can connect to external tax systems for the calculation and reporting of telecommunications tax in the U.S.A. You can display open but not yet due items according to their due date, and post reclassifications for these items. In the dunning proposal run, you can use preselection for master data for selecting business partners or contract accounts. In Collections Management you can record BRF traces to be able to interpret decisions of the Business Rules Framework (BRF), and you can update collection strategies at the master data level. For managing worklists, you can use the SAP IC WebClient business role FICACM, where, in addition to the functions of the GUI transaction for managing worklists, you can move work items between worklists and remove them from processing. You can also get an overview of the distribution of work items to the individual organizational units. You can use new enterprise services for the business objects Cash Point and Promise to Pay. You can archive reconciliation keys, credit card supplements, and telecommunications tax data.

o o

For more information, see the following release notes: o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

Archiving Extraction of Promises to Pay Mass Change of Documents Cash Journal Closing Operations Collections Management Processing of Worklists by Collections Manager Credit Clarification Dunning New Events External Cash Desk Services Replication and Synchronization of Business Partner Data Information Containers Deferrals and Installment Plans Integration Mass Activities

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 12 of 222

SAP
o o o o o o o o o o

What's New? Release Notes


Postings and Documents Transfer Items and Requests Extended Consistency Check for Documents Connection of Schedule Manager with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable Subapplication in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable Update of External Tax Systems Withholding Tax Telecommunications Tax Enterprise Services Doubtful Entries and Individual Value Adjustments

See also For more information, see SAP Library under SAP ERP-> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Industry Business Function Sets -> SAP Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 13 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Archiving (New)
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use a new enhancement in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in the area of archiving totals records for external payment information (archiving object FI_MKKEXCS). When archiving totals records, the system now automatically archives table DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST (history) as well. Enhancement of the FI-CA document archiving object (FI_MKKDOC) If telecommunications tax data exists for an FI-CA document, then you have to archive this data before archiving the FI-CA document. Enhancement of the contract account archiving object (FI_FICA) During archiving, the charges and discounts for the relationship between the contract account and partner (table FKKVKP_CHGDISC) are also archived. In addition, the following new archiving objects are available. New archiving object: reconciliation key You can archive reconciliation keys using the new archiving object FI_MKKSUM. The prerequisites for archiving are described in the documentation of report RFKKSUMAR01 (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing -> Archive Data). New archiving object: credit card supplements You can archive credit card supplements using the new archiving object FI_MKKPCARD. The prerequisites for archiving are described in the documentation of report RFKKPCARDAR01 (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing > Archive Data). New telecommunications tax archiving object You can archive telecommunications tax data using the new archiving object FI_MKKUSTX. The prerequisites for archiving are described in the documentation of report RFKKUSTAXAR01 (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing > Archive Data).

Effects on Customizing Enter the residence times and activate the archiving information structure for reconciliation keys in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Postings and Documents -> Archiving. Enter the residence times and activate the archiving information structure for payment card supplements in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Business Transactions -> Payments -> Archiving. Enter the residence times and activate the archiving information structure for telecommunications tax in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Telecommunications Taxes -> Archiving.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 14 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Extraction to Business Intelligence (BI) (new)

Extraction of Promise to Pay Data You can now extract all promise to pay data to Business Intelligence (BI). You can run the extraction as a full upload, as a delta initialization with or without data, and as a delta update. Extraction structure: The extraction structures FKKPPBW_DELTA and FKKPPDBW_DELTA contain all fields that could be relevant for evaluation in BI. The DataSources 0FC_PP (Promise to Pay Header) and 0FC_PPD (Amount Due Per Payment Date) deliver all these fields for extraction. Full upload/Delta and initialization without data: Extractor FKK_BW_P2P supports selection of entered dates in full upload or DeltaInit modes, and transfers promise to pay data from the ERP system to the BW system. Delta update: Transactions that create, change, replace, withdraw, reactivate, evaluate, approve or reject promise to pay data; such as Valuation of Promises to Pay (FP2P), and Promises to Pay of a Business Partner (FP2P1), set the trigger in trigger table DFKKP2PBW for mass activity Update Delta Queue (FPBW_EXTRACT) to extract the data to delta queue. The Update Delta Queue transaction is found in the SAP Easy Access menu under Utilities Industry -> Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Periodic processing -> Extraction for Business Intelligence. DeltaInit must be executed once for the delta update function to work. The delta procedure After Image via Delta Queue (AIM) is used. Effects on Customizing

Before using promise to pay extraction, you must first activate the extraction. You can do this in Customizing for Financial Accounting(New) under Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Integration -> Business Intelligence -> Make Central Settings. Note Be aware that DataSource 0FC_PP (Promise to Pay Header) must be activated before you activate DataSource 0FC_PPD (Amount Due Per Payment Date).

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 15 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Mass Change of Documents


Account Balance/Mass Change When you navigate from the account balance to the mass change of documents (for instance, by choosing Environment -> Account -> Mass Change), the system now offers only those items for the mass change that you selected in the account balance. This applies even if you used the Find function after selecting the items to reduce the number of items in the account balance. Even in that case, the system displays only the currently displayed items in the mass change. Selection of Additional Items in Mass Change In the mass change function for documents, you can now also select and add additional items, as in the processing of open items. The added items are added at the bottom of the list; already selected items remain selected. Effects on Customizing To have the system offer only the items currently selected in the account balance in the mass change, define event 1256 and set the indicator E_ADD_CUST-XMCFI in your implementation. Then register your function module for event 1256 in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Program Enhancements -> Define Customer-Specific Function Modules.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 16 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Cash Journal
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the following enhancements to the reversal function for payment documents in the cash desk: Selection of payment documents to be reversed You can select payment documents for reversal based on any date, the current date, or an entry time period, as well as based on the number of the payment document. Before you reverse a document, you can go to the detail display of the payment document. Reversal You can reverse multiple payment documents together in one step. For the posting of the reversal, you enter the reconciliation key, the clearing reason, and the reversal date. You can reverse payment documents that are in payment lots that are already closed. This allows you, for example, to reverse check payments if you discover later on that a check is not covered. You can also reverse mixed payments that consist of more than one payment category. Example: A customer pays a receivable of 100 with 50 in cash and 50 as a check. You can then reverse either the partial amount of 50 for each of the given payment categories, or you can reverse the entire payment of 100. Display You can display reversed payments in the cash balance and in the historical data of the cash desk. This enables you to get a better overview of the activities of the cash desks in a branch. Cash Journal In addition to the cash desk, you can also access this enhanced reversal function from the cash journal. Effects on Customizing

In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Business Transactions -> Payments -> Processing Incoming and Outgoing Payments -> Cash Desk/Cash Journal -> Maintain Role-Specific Activities for Cash Journal, set the Maintain Role-Specific Activities for Cash Journal indicator to assign the authorization for reversing to a role. SAP provides this setting for the roles branch office manager and cashier with special tasks.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 17 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Closing Operations (New)


Reclassification by Due Date As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can display open but not yet due items according to their due date in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, and post reclassifications for these items. It is also possible for the system to consider installment plans when determining the due date. In that case, the due date of an assigned installment overrides the original due date of the open item. Effects on Customizing You can enter the G/L accounts you want to use as adjustment accounts and target accounts. You enter this for each company code, G/L account, and grid interval. In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, choose Closing Operations -> Reclassifications -> Define Adjustment Accounts for Reclassification by Due Date.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 18 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Collections Management (New)


BRF Traces As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can record BRF traces. Using a BRF trace, you can, in individual cases, interpret decisions of the Business Rules Framework (BRF), and based on this you can make targeted adjustments to the check rules in the Business Rules Framework (BRF). You trigger the recording of a BRF trace in the dunning proposal run by setting the Trace Active indicator on the Dunning Parameters tab page. (On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> For Contract Accounts -> Dunning > Dunning Proposal Run.) To ease the load on your database, enter an amount of time after which the BRF trace is released to be deleted. Enter this in the Days Until Trace Deleted field. Based on the number of days you enter, the system determines the date the trace expires and stores this date in the trace data record. The system automatically proposes 30 days. However, you can change this value. If you do not enter a value, the system automatically sets the expiration date to December 31, 9999. Once the expiration date has been reached, the system deletes the BRF trace automatically the next time the dunning proposal run is executed. In the case of BRF traces with the expiration date December 31, 9999, the system never deletes them automatically. It is only possible for you to delete these BRF traces manually. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> Delete Data -> BRF Traces. You can also use the same transaction to directly delete BRF traces that do have an expiration date. You can display recorded BRF traces using these methods: o Using the report Collections Management: Display BRF Trace On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> For Contract Accounts -> Dunning -> By Collection Strategy -> Display BRF Traces. In the dunning proposal run You can also call the report directly in the dunning proposal run. Enter the date ID and the run ID of the run you want. Choose the @10@ Trace pushbutton on the Dunning Parameters tab page. In the dunning history To access the dunning history from the dunning proposal run, in the menu choose Environment -> Dunning History. Or on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Account -> Further Information. Then in the history display, choose the @10@ Trace pushbutton. Or from the menu, choose Goto -> Display BRF Trace. Here you can display BRF traces using different selections. You can select by dunning proposal run using the date ID and run ID. Or you can display for business partners, contract account groups, collection steps, and collection strategies. Displaying for contract accounts and business partners is only possible here if the system has actually generated dunning headers.

If the system did not generate any dunning notices, you can access the above report only by means of the BRF trace. Updating Collection Strategies As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can update collection strategies at the master data level (contract account, contract account group, contract,

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 19 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

contract group). To do so, on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> For Contract Accounts -> Dunning -> By Collection Strategy -> Update Collection Strategies. You have two options. You can explicitly enter which collection strategy in the master data you want to replace with a new strategy. Or you can enter a test series that the run uses to replace the collection strategy. On the SAP Easy Access screen, by choosing Periodic Processing -> For Contract Accounts -> Dunning -> By Collection Strategy -> Edit Updated Collection Strategies, you can o o o Display the log for an update run Run an update run again in the case of errors Reverse an update run

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 20 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Processing of Worklists by Collections Manager (New)


As of enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now use the SAP IC WebClient business role FICACM for managing worklists in Collection Management in addition to the SAP GUI transaction Manage Worklists. You access this new function on the SAP Easy Access screen under Periodic Processing -> For Contract Accounts -> Dunning -> By Collection Strategy. As in the SAP GUI transaction, a manager (person responsible for a collection center) or group leader (person responsible for a unit) can: o o o o o Generate new worklists by grouping work items Assign work items to units and/or specialists Change attributes of a worklist Reverse work items Reopen work items

In addition to the functions in the SAP GUI transaction, a manager or group leader with the SAP IC WebClient business role can: o o o Change who is responsible for work items, that is, move work items from one worklist to another Remove work items temporarily from processing Get an overview of the assignment of work items to units and departments

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 21 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Credit Clarification (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use additional functions for processing credits (SAP Easy Access screen: Account -> Process Credits). This includes simultaneous processing of multiple credits in one step for all allowed functions, such as, payment, transfer, payment by check, and write-off. In addition, you can now enter partial amounts in all credit processing processes. For example, you can pay out different partial amounts of different items together in one step by creating a repayment request for them. In credit clarification (SAP Easy Access screen Payments -> Credit -> Clarification), it is not possible to clarify multiple clarification cases at the same time (the individual clarification cases have and retain their own status management); however, you can enter partial amounts there. The function brings the following changes in the individual processes: o Payment The system creates a repayment request for all selected items that have the same account assignments for Segment, Business Area and Profit Center. If the mentioned account assignments are different for the different selected items, then the system creates multiple repayment requests accordingly. To have the payment run process the repayment requests, you have to set the Repayment Requests indicator in the payment run parameters (as usual). Transfer The system does not effect the changes to the selected items (entries of bank details and payment method) using document changes. Instead, the system creates a payment specification for all selected items, and notes the entered payment data in the header of the payment specification. To have the payment run select and process these payment specifications later, you have to set the Payment Specifications indicator in the parameters for item selection in the payment run. Check The system creates a repayment request for all selected items. Write-Off The system writes off the entered (partial) amounts of all selected items together. Clearing The system clears the entered (partial) amounts of all selected items against the open items of the business partner, the contract account, or the contract. The system displays the selected open items and activates the selected items. Then you can activate any applicable additional items in dialog mode and thereby clear the credit. Business Partner Transfer The system transfers the entered (partial) amounts of all selected items to the specified business partner. General Ledger Transfer The system transfers the entered (partial) amounts of all selected items to the general ledger account that you entered using the short account.

o o o

Effects on Customizing You activate credit processing in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Postings and Documents -> Basic Settings ->

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 22 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Maintain Central Settings for Posting by setting the Enhanced Credit


Processing indicator.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 23 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Dunning

Use of Preselections for Business Partners and Contract Accounts You can now use preselections for master data in the dunning proposal run to select business partners or contract accounts. This is like the existing function, for example, in the item list (that you access on the SAP Easy access screen, by choosing Periodic Processing -> Open Item Evaluations -> Execute Evaluation). You define preselections from the SAP Easy Access screen by choosing Periodic Processing -> Technical Preparations -> Define Preselection. In each preselection, you group together a set of master data based on the master data attributes of your choice (such as, all business partners with an address in Chicago). The dunning run treats master records included in the preselection as single values that you enter for business partners or master data. The system checks the preselections against the interval limits of the mass activity. In each interval, therefore, the dunning run processes only those master records that are both within the interval limits and are part of the preselection.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 24 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

New Events
As of SAP ERP 6.0, Enhancement Package 5, you can use the following new events: o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

0066: Posting: Add Expense/Revenue Account for Cash Flow Analysis 0191: Promise to Pay: Determine Extraction Date 0337: Dunning: Dunning Run Schedule for Simulation 0410: Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.): Account Determination and
Assignment

0413: Update Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.) in External System 0413: Calculate Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.) in External System 0415: Determination of Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.) at Write-Off 0450: Promise to Pay: Proposal (Inbound XI Interface) 0451: Promise to Pay: Proposal (Outbound XI Interface) 0452: Promise to Pay: (Inbound XI Interface) 0453: Promise to Pay: (Outbound XI Interface) 0454 : Promise to Pay: Proposal Query (Inbound XI Interface) 0455: Promise to Pay: Proposal Query (Outbound XI Interface) 0456: Promise to Pay: Query (Inbound XI Interface) 0457: Promise to Pay: Response (Outbound XI Interface) 0946: G/L Transfer: Determine Default Jurisdiction Codes 1032: Mass Contract Maintenance: Update of Collection Strategy 1033: Check of Master Data Group for Updating Collection Strategy 1034: Work Item: Display of Additional Fields 1035: Collections: Reprioritization of a Work Item 1350: Mass Activity: Update of Delta Queue 1379: BRF: Define Customer-Specific Context Object 1792: Mass Activity: Delete Run Parameters 1855: Mass Activity: Credit Score Comparison: Current <-> Replication 1856: Mass Activity: Credit Score Comparison: Current <-> Replication
(Param.)

1890: Mass Activity: Update External Tax System 1891: Mass Activity: Update External Tax System (Postpone) 2692: INV: Mass Activity: Creation of Periodic Invoicing Orders 2693: INV: Mass Activity: Move Periodic Invoicing Order Parameters

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 25 of 222

SAP
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

What's New? Release Notes


2772: INV: Check Reversal of Billing Documents 2774: INV: Change Customer-Specific Fields in Billing Reversal Document 2778: INV: Transfer Finished Billing Reversal with Document Number 2814: ICWC Document for Adjustment Request: Adjustment of Items 2827: ICWC Document Reversal: Change Profile 4509: Credit Management: Enhancement of Standard Key Figures 4510: Credit Management: Fill Customer-Defined Key Figures 4511: Credit Management: Update of Trigger for Key Figures 4614: CreditManagementAccountERPPaymentBehaviourSummaryByDebtorPar 5800: Master Data Transfer: Check Authorization (Display) 5801: Master Data Transfer: Check If Transfer Is Allowed 5802: Master Data Transfer: Determine Contract Objects 5803: Master Data Transfer: Determine Target Contract Account 5804: Master Data Transfer: Display Tree Structure (Name) 5805: Master Data Transfer: Change Contract Account (Partner-Specific Data) 5806: Master Data Transfer: Transfer Contract to Contract Account 5807: Master Data Transfer: Follow-On Activities 5808: Master Data Transfer: Activation 6206: External Cash Desk Services: Select Contract Account 6515: Requests: Change of Data Before Transfer 8112: BIX: Filter and Check Selection of Billable Items 8114: BIX: Create and Check Billing Unit 8120: BIX: Enrich Billable Items for Each Billing Unit 8125: BIX: Creation of Customer-Specific Billing Document Items 8135: BIX: Check and Enrich Billing Document 8137: BIX: Transfer Finished Billing Document (w/o Document No.) 8139: BIX: Transfer Finished Billing Document (with Document No.) 8170: BIX: Enrich Transfer of One-Off Charges (Main Items) 8171: BIX: Enrich Transfer of One-Off Charges (Payment Data) 8180: BIX: Mass Activity: Create Billing Documents 8181: BIX: Mass Activity: Postpone Billing Parameters 8185: BIX: Mass Activity: Create Billable Items

Effects on Customizing

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 26 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

You enter installation-specific function modules in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Program Enhancements -> Define CustomerSpecific Function Modules.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 27 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

External Cash Desk Services (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the new enterprise service CashPointClosingDocumentERPCancelNotification_In to process reversals of cash desk closings (sent using the notification CashPointClosingDocumentNotification_In). This enables you to reverse a cash desk closing that was transmitted incorrectly by the front end, so that you can replace it with the correct cash desk closing that was sent subsequently. Example 1. An external cash desk (front end) sends 10 messages with payments for a total amount of 500 to the SAP system (back end). 2. At the end of the day, you receive a cash desk closing message for 495 from this external cash desk. i. You receive a message for each cash desk, branch, and grouping key. 3. The system records the reported cash desk closing in tables DFKKEXC_SUM and DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST. 4. The system recognizes the difference of 5 between the amounts. On the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services screen, on the Overview tab page, the system displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported payments. It also shows a reconciliation amount of 495 for the reported cash desk closing. i. On the Agent Postings tab page, the system displays a payment amount of 495 for the reported cash desk closing, and a Difference to be assigned of 5. ii. Due to the difference between the amount of the reported payments and the cash desk closing, you cannot post a receivable to the agent account (agent posting). 5. The external cash desk now sends you a message for reversing the cash desk closing in the amount of 495. 6. In table DFKKEXC_SUM (totals records for external payment information), the system sets reconciliation status C for the reversed cash desk closing. In table DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST (cash desk closing history), the system records the reversal of the cash desk closing, also with reconciliation status C. 7. The Overview tab page of the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services now displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported payments, but no longer shows a reconciliation amount. On the Agent Postings tab page, the system displays the following for the reported cash desk closing: the payment amount of 495 with reconciliation status C (Totals Record Reversed ), and a Difference to be assigned of 500. 8. After that, the external cash desk sends you another cash desk closing message now with the correct amount of 500. 9. The system records the reported cash desk closing in tables DFKKEXC_SUM and DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST. 10. The Overview tab page of the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services now displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported payments. i. On the Agent Postings tab page, the system displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported cash desk closing, and no longer

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 28 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


shows a Difference to be assigned.

11. Now you can enter the agent posting. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Payments -> External Cash Desk Services -> Post Agent Receivable.

You also have the option of correcting the cash desk closing manually in the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services. Example 1. An external cash desk (front end) sends 10 messages with payments for a total amount of 500 to the SAP system (back end). 2. At the end of the day, you receive a cash desk closing message for 495 from this external cash desk. i. You receive a message for each cash desk, branch, and grouping key. 3. The system records the reported cash desk closing in tables DFKKEXC_SUM and DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST. 4. The system recognizes the difference of 5 between the amounts. On the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services screen, on the Overview tab page, the system displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported payments. It also shows a reconciliation amount of 495 for the reported cash desk closing. i. On the Agent Postings tab page, the system displays a payment amount of 495 for the reported cash desk closing, and a Difference to be assigned of 5. 5. You notice the discrepancy and contact the branch. The employee there informs you that the cash desk closing was for 500 and that only the message contains the wrong amount. 6. On the Overview tab page of the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services, you select the affected entry and choose the @0Z@ Cash Desk Closing pushbutton. 7. In the dialog box that appears, you change the item total of the grouping key to 500 and confirm your entry. 8. The system records the cash desk closing with reconciliation status U (Updated Manually), both in table DFKKEXC_SUM (totals records for external payment information) and in table DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST (cash desk closing history). 9. Now you can enter the agent posting. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Payments -> External Cash Desk Services -> Post Agent Receivable. In the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services, you can choose the @HJ@ History of Cash Desk Closing pushbutton on the Overview and Agent Postings tab pages to analyze changes made to the cash desk closing. This means that you can see the XI messages received for a cash desk closing, and you can see any changes made manually. To do so, select an entry in the list and choose the @HJ@ History of Cash Desk Closing pushbutton. As long as the history recorded data for the selected entry (for the combination of branch, cash desk, and grouping key), the system displays this data.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 29 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Replication and Synchronization of Business Partner Data


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can replicate and synchronize business partners in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. By replicating and synchronizing business partners, you can synchronize business partner data from Customer Relationship Management (CRM) with the data of customers and vendors in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA). To perform this synchronization, the system makes use of the existing functions of CRM Middleware, in addition to the customer and vendor integration. You can access the new transactions for creating, changing and displaying from the SAP Easy Access screen by choosing Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable > Master Data -> Business Partner: o o See also For more information, see SAP Library under SAP ERP -> SAP ERP Central Component -> SAP Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) -> Basic Functions -> SAP Business Partner in the section Business Partner Replication and Synchronization. Customer/Customer Integration Supplier/Vendor Integration

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 30 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Information Containers (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, for data in information container categories that you transfer by XI message, you can now also send this data using Web Services Reliable Messaging (WSRM) for asynchronous enterprise services. The WSRM send type is available for the following information container categories: o o 0001 (returns) with service operation PaymentReturnERPOccuredBulkNotification_Out 0002 (clearing and clearing resets) with service operation ContractAccountReceivablesPayablesRegisterERPSubscribedItemBulkNotificati on_Out

To make it possible to send using WSRM, you have to configure the send type in Customizing. In addition, you have to configure the following service groups in SOAMANAGER: o o FKK_PAYRETBULKOCCNO for information container category 0001 FKK_CARPRSUBSCRITEMBULKNO for information container category 0002

The recipient field of the information container is used for logical determination of the recipient in SOAMANAGER. You can determine the values for the recipients of an information container entry in a function module entered for event 3701. If you have implemented your own information container categories and you want to send the related enterprise service using WSRM, then you have to implement the new method SEND_VIA_WSRM of interface IF_FKK_INFCO_TYPE accordingly. Effects on Customizing Configure the send type for WSRM in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Information Container -> Make Settings for Information Container -> Deferral and Installment Plans (New) Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can influence the priority with which original items of installment plans are cleared when payments are received. You can now assign numerical values to the original items when you create an installment plan. These numbers specify the clearing priority for the original items of the installment plan when payments are received later. Effects on Customizing Set the ClrgPriority (clearing priority) indicator in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Business Transactions -> Deferral and Installment Plans -> Activate Additional Installment Plan Enhancement.Categories.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 31 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Integration (New)
Transfer to General Ledger Accounting: Aggregation of Reconciliation Keys Mass activities with jobs running in parallel, in which documents are posted, use a separate reconciliation key for each job. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can aggregate these reconciliation keys under a single reconciliation key (aggregation key) before the transfer to general ledger accounting. As a result, you transfer only the totals records of the aggregation key. This enables you to reduce the number of posting items in the general ledger. You have two options. You can set up automatic aggregation in Customizing that is then applied when the mass activity is run. Or you can request a manual aggregation after the mass activity is run. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Document -> Reconciliation Key -> Aggregate. Reconciliation Between Open Items and G/L As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can link the reconciliation report RFKKOP10 to the SAP Solution Manager to be able to monitor the status of the reconciliation with the general ledger there (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing -> Forward Postings -> Reconciliation -> Reconcile Open Items) . Integration with SAP Credit Management: Web Services Reliable Messaging As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit Management in a single or multiple system landscape without an XI server. This means that you can connect an instance of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable directly with SAP Credit Management without using an XI server. Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit Management can be running in the same system or in separate systems. The prerequisite for this is as follows: You have installed enhancement package 5 for both Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit Management, and you activated the business function FSCM Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM_CCD_3). Activating a business function in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable is not a requirement. You set up the connection between SAP Credit Management and Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable by configuring the appropriate endpoints and logical ports in SOA Manager. Message exchange takes place using Web Services Reliable Messaging (WS-RM), which guarantees the transfer of messages and monitors the correct sequence of incoming messages. Integration with SAP Credit Management: Transferring Key Figures of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the asynchronous service CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryNotification_Out to transfer key figures from Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable to SAP Credit Management. Up to now, this service was sent using the mass activity Transfer Credit Data (on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> Forward Data to SAP Credit Management). However, the system also fills the PropertyValuation of the service, in which the characteristics of the individual key figures are filled. You define in Customizing which key figures you want to transfer. The Transfer Credit Data mass activity now also transfers business partners who have negative payment behavior. In event 4511 you can specify the time period in

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 32 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

which business partners are transferred. The system can calculate the following standard key figures and transfer them to SAP Credit Management: o o o o o o o o o o Open items Payment methods Payments Collections Dunning notices Days Sales Outstanding (DSO) Promises to pay Returns Deferrals and installment plans Write-offs

You can add your own data to these standard key figures in event 4509. In addition, in event 4510 you can also define your own key figures, fill them, and then send them along with the standard key figures using the PropertyValuation of the service to SAP Credit Management. In SAP Credit Management there is a new synchronous service CreditManagementAccountERPPaymentBehaviourSummaryByDebtorPartyQueryResp onse_In. This service also contains the PropertyValuation. If the service calls Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable from SAP Credit Management, then the system calculates the key figures to be transferred. Integration with SAP Credit Management: Compare Creditworthiness If monthly credit weighting was specified in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, and the credit score of the business partner changes, this information does not arrive automatically in SAP Credit Management. Therefore, the credit score of the business partner changes over time in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, but the business partner does not receive a new creditworthiness entry in SAP Credit Management. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, using the mass activity Compare Score with Last Replication, you can identify business partners whose credit score has changed since the last replication in SAP Credit Management (on the SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing -> Forward Data to SAP Credit Management -> Compare Credit Score). The mass activity identifies the business partners for which you have to transfer data again. The actual transfer is made (as before) using the mass activity Replication of Score (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing -> Forward Data to SAP Credit Management -> Replicate Creditworthiness). Integration with Funds Management If you use the fund as a balancing unit in the general ledger, then event 0032 no longer generates zero balance items in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. Instead, the system generates the zero balance items for each fund; this is done directly in the general ledger when the postings are transferred from Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable to the general ledger. Effects on Customizing

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 33 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Transfer to General Ledger Accounting: Aggregation of Reconciliation Keys If you want the system to perform aggregation automatically when a mass activity is run, then enter the necessary reservation objects in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> General Ledger Accounting > Specify Aggregation of Reconciliation Keys. Integration with SAP Credit Management: Transferring Key Figures from Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable You make settings for transferring key figures from Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable to SAP Credit Management in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable under Integration -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> Credit Management > Key Figures in the following activities: o o o

Key Figures for Transfer to Credit Management Define Specifications for Key Figures for Credit Management Specify Evaluation Period for Key Figures

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 34 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Mass Activities
Deletion of specific data of a mass activity You can access program RFKK_MASS_ACT_PARAMETER_DELETE on the SAP Easy Access screen under Periodic Processing -> Administration of Mass Processing -> Delete Parameter Records. This program deletes only entries from the following tables of the framework of mass activities: o o o o o o FKKDIHDTMP FKKDIPOTMP FKKDIPOTMPCOUNT FKKDIJOB FKKDISTOP RFDT

As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can also delete additional data when you delete parameter records by defining event 1792 accordingly. Select the appropriate indicator on the initial screen to ensure that event 1792 is processed in program RFKK_MASS_ACT_PARAMETER_DELETE. Effects on Customizing You define installation-specific function modules in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Program Enhancements -> Define CustomerSpecific Function Modules .

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 35 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Postings and Documents


Horizontal Scrolling in Open Item Processing You can create display variants in Customizing to be used for open item processing, such as, in account maintenance or in making payment assignments. A display area, which is variable to a limited extent, is available for the fields belonging to a display variant. The status column forms the boundary on the left side; on the right side, the boundary is formed by the columns for the amount fields, which should always be visible on the screen. For display variants with many fields, therefore, the width of the variable area may not be sufficient, so that not all fields are displayed. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can scroll horizontally through the fields of the display variant within the variable display area. To activate horizontal scrolling, choose the Change Display pushbutton. In the dialog box, there are two parameters for horizontal scrolling: o You can use the first parameter to activate the function. Once the function is active, new pushbuttons for horizontal scrolling appear on the screen on the right side above the item list. Using the second parameter, you can specify how many columns of the display variant remain fixed when you scroll. You can thereby ensure that important information is always displayed, and is not hidden by horizontal scrolling.

Example Your display variant begins with a document number followed by other fields. During horizontal scrolling, you want the column with the document number to remain fixed and always be visible. Therefore, you enter the value 1 in the Fixed Columns field.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 36 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Transferring Items and Requests (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use a new program in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable for transferring open business partner items and requests at the same time. You can access this new program in the area menu for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Account -> Transfer Items and Requests. If you only want to transfer open business partner items, this program offers the same functions as the existing program for transferring open items that you can access from the SAP Easy Access screen under Account -> Transfer Items. Both programs use the same Customizing settings and the same limitations apply to both programs. The following applies if you transfer requests that are not yet closed: then the program sets the status Transferred and Deleted for all selected requests, standing requests, and general requests, and generates a new request of the same type. In doing so, the program replaces the source master data (business partner, contract account, and contract) with the target master data. The program copies all other posting information from the source request. The program adjusts the execution dates of the new standing requests so that only due dates are considered for which no documents have been generated yet. When you have transferred requests, the programs for editing requests display the number of the transfer request or the transferred request.

Effects on Customizing To document the reasons for the transfer, you can enter transfer reasons in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. There you can also define specifications and default values to automate the creation of transfer documents. You make these settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Business Transactions -> Transfers. See also For more information, see the SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component. Search there for Transfer of Open Items and Requests.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 37 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Enhanced Consistency Checks for Documents (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use an enhanced consistency check for documents in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. Using the new functions of the enhanced consistency check, you can find documents that have certain inconsistencies. We recommend that you use the enhanced consistency check when you use your own customer programs. The report analyzes inconsistencies that typically arise when customer programs are used that change records in the document table DFKKOP, if processes also run at the same time that generate clearings or clearing resets. You can use the new functions to analyze the inconsistent documents. The system gives information about what the correct status of the data should be. You can access the new transactions described below from the SAP Easy Access screen by choosing Periodic Processing -> Enhanced Consistency Checks. o Execute Check Run You can use this transaction to check the consistency of documents. The program runs in the background, analyzes the selected documents, and finds inconsistencies. Edit Check Results You use this transaction to run the consistency check in dialog mode. Check the selected documents with the Check Documents function. The system displays the check results. You can analyze documents with errors in the worklist using the Analyze Document function. Edit Check History If you ran the consistency check of the documents using background processing, you can analyze the results showing the documents with errors with this transaction. To do so, choose the Details on Document function for a document in the worklist of incorrect documents. The system displays the error details and the way the document should look correctly to assist you in correcting the incorrect document. Delete Worklist Check Run If the enhanced consistency check is active, when documents are posted, the system updates the worklist (trigger table DFKK_SG_TRIG) with the documents that are to be checked (that is, documents that cause clearing or reset clearing). When you activate the enhanced consistency check you define a residence time for the trigger table. If the residence time of the worklist has been exceeded, you can delete the table using this transaction.

Effects on Customizing You activate the enhanced consistency check in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Technical Settings -> Activate Enhanced Consistency Checks. You can also activate the enhanced consistency checks from the SAP Easy Access screen by choosing Settings -> Current Settings -> Activate Enhanced Consistency Check. SAP delivers the enhanced consistency check as inactive. Note that you first have to activate the enhanced consistency check in order to be able to analyze documents using the functions of the enhanced consistency check. If you activate the enhanced consistency check at a given point in time, you cannot use the

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 38 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

new functions to analyze old documents that are older than that point in time.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 39 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Connection of Schedule Manager in FI-CA


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now also schedule the following programs, periodically executed using the program RFKK_MA_SCHEDULER (Schedule Mass Activities), using the Schedule Manager. (On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> Administration of Mass Processing).

Technical Names RFKKABS10 RFKKCO20 RFKKBELJ00 RFKKOP20P and General Ledger (Parallel) RFKKCFUPD RFKKZSTF Payment Lot RFKKRSTF Returns Lot RFKKOP10 and G/L RFKKABS6 RFKKGL20 RFKKGL30 FI-CA RFKKABS5 Reconciliation Key RFKKJOURNAL Single Documents RFKKOP04 RFKKABS30

Name Display for Posting Totals Check CO-PA Documents Document Journal Reconciliation Between Open Items

Data Transfer to Cash Management Assign New Reconciliation Key to

Assign New Reconciliation Key to

Reconciliation Between Open Items

Display for General Ledger Transfer Check General Ledger Documents Itemization for G/L Documents from

Check Transfer Status of

Account Assignment Statement for

Item List Itemization for Posting Totals

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 40 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Subapplication in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, by activating a subapplication, you can control the use of the Reference Specifications from Contract field individually for each industry. This means that the Contract field can thereby relate to different contract master data in each subapplication. The standard value for the subapplication is SPACE. Up to now, a subapplication was already available in the industry component Public Sector Contract Accounting for real estate contracts of Flexible Real Estate Management (RE-FX). As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, a subapplication for contracts of Sales and Distribution (SD) is available for the industry component Utilities. You can use the number of the SD contract as a selection criterion in the transactions for processing incoming payments (such as, payment lot, cash desk). To do this, proceed as follows: 1. Define a selection category "SD Contract" in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Open Item Management -> Specify Selection Categories. Enter the field name VBELN. Set the indicator to designate the selection category as an external selection criterion. Enter function module FKK_SAMPLE_0210_VTREFSUBAPC for event 0210.

2. 3. 4.

Effects on Customizing You activate the subapplication in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Activate Subapplication.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 41 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Update of External Tax Systems (New)


Parallel Tax Update for External Tax Systems In the U.S.A., external tax systems, such as VERTEX, TAXWARE, SABRIX, are frequently used for calculating taxes and for recording tax data for later tax reporting. Up to now, the relevant tax data was updated in FI-CA using report RFYTXF00 or RFYTXU00. Using these reports, it is not possible to update the external tax systems by means of parallel processing. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now update the external tax systems using a mass activity and thereby make use of parallel processing. Parallel processing assists in speeding up the update. After you have activated this new tax update variant in Customizing, you can call the mass activity from the SAP Easy Access screen under Periodic Processing -> Transfer Tax Data -> Update External Tax Systems. Effects on Customizing To activate the parallel update of external tax systems, in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, choose Basic Functions -> Postings and Documents -> Basic Settings -> Maintain Central Posting Settings. On the screen that appears, select the Parallel Tax Update for U.S.A. checkbox. Also see the documentation (F1 help) for this field, which contains additional technical information.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 42 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Withholding Tax (New)


Withholding Tax: Posting with Invoice Vendor withholding tax is tax that is deducted when a company pays a business partner. For this type of tax, it was previously only possible to agree that the posting was made at the time of the payment. When this was done, the system identified the gross amount (including the withholding tax) as a liability. When the liability was paid, the system deducted the withholding tax from the payment amount, and posted the withholding tax to an account for withholding tax to be paid. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can already post the withholding at the time you post the vendor invoice. The Posting Specifications In the most simple example - without withholding tax - the posting of a liability would look as follows: 80.00 80.00 Liability to business partner (open item) Expense

If we now consider 25 percent withholding tax, which we want to post directly with the invoice, the document would look as follows: 80.00 Liability to business partner, split into ... 60.00 open subitem ... 20.00 subitem, immediately cleared [ 20.00] 80.00 20.00 Clearing item for withholding tax amount Expense Withholding tax to be paid

There is an immediate partial clearing of the liability item in the amount of the withheld tax; to offset this, the system posts the withholding tax to be paid. In the subitem that is immediately cleared, the system enters the subitems own document number, with the clearing reason Withholding Tax Deduction at Time of Invoicing. The system supports the posting of withholding tax with the invoice even if several amounts need to be deducted by means of withholding tax supplements. This applies even if these supplements are variable, meaning that amounts or percentages can be entered directly in the line item. In these cases, the document display shows the detail data for the withholding tax supplements next to the immediately cleared subitem. Withholding Tax: Posting Partially with the Invoice and Partially at Payment You can also post the withholding tax and withholding tax supplements at different points in time. For each combination of a withholding tax code and withholding tax supplement, you can specify when the posting for the withholding tax supplement should take place: o At the same time as the posting of the withholding tax (standard setting)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 43 of 222

SAP
o o

What's New? Release Notes


Always at the time of the invoice Always at the time of the payment

Effects on Customizing You can make all the necessary settings for withholding tax in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Withholding Tax. To specify for a withholding tax indicator that posting should take place at the time of invoicing, choose the Enter Additional Specifications for Vendor Withholding Tax IMG activity. Note that the setting Posting with Invoice for vendor withholding tax takes precedence over the general setting Posting with Payment that you can choose when defining the withholding tax code. The general setting Posting with Payment is then valid only for customer withholding tax, that is, the withholding tax that your customers can withhold when making payments to you. If you want to specify that a withholding tax supplement for a withholding tax code is posted at a different time, then process the Define Allowed Entries for Withholding Tax Supplements IMG activity.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 44 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Telecommunications Tax (New)


Telecommunications Tax in Telecommunications Industry in the U.S.A. and Canada The components SAP Convergent Charging (SAP CC) and SAP Convergent Invoicing (SAP CI) process services in the area of telecommunications (such as telephone calls and SMS) through to the invoicing of the customer. SAP Convergent Charging performs the task of pricing individual services and determining the invoice recipient; SAP Convergent Invoicing performs the tasks of summarizing the priced services in invoices that are sent to customers, along with the posting of these invoices in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. The two components run in separate systems. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, SAP Convergent Charging and SAP Convergent Invoicing support the calculation and reporting of telecommunications tax by external tax systems in the U.S.A. The external tax system is integrated with SAP Convergent Charging. The first tax calculation for a transaction (such as, a phone call or SMS) normally takes place in the external system in order to determine the gross price for the transaction. A new tax calculation is made within SAP Convergent Invoicing; after the posting document is generated for invoicing, the data is updated to the external tax system. To do this, SAP Convergent Invoicing calls functions of SAP Convergent Charging that are especially for calculating and managing tax data. In the standard system there is no direct interface between SAP Convergent Invoicing and the external system for telecommunications tax. Implicitly, the tax software is used that is also used by SAP Convergent Charging. The basic data for the tax calculation includes the base amount, the type of communication service, the tax date, and various location codes (such as, the originating address of the phone call, the target address, and the address of the invoice recipient). This basic data is transferred by SAP Convergent Charging to SAP Convergent Invoicing as attributes of billable items. To make this possible, you have to make sure that the necessary fields are available when you configure the billable items. (For more information see the Effects on Customizing section.) Tax Data in the Posting Document The posting document of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable stores both the starting data for the tax calculation (tax base items) and the tax data itself (tax items). You can display these items in the document display. The document items that are used for posting the tax amounts to the general ledger differ in the following ways from document items for taxes on sales/purchases or for sales and use tax (in the U.S.A.): o Since an invoice can contain a large number of telephone calls and SMS that are all taxed differently, there is a potentially high number of tax items. However, you want to avoid a correspondingly high number of posting items. Therefore the system determines only the G/L account to be posted and the tax code to be used from Customizing. The amounts of all tax items, for which the same G/L account and tax code were derived, are added up and comprise only one posting item. In the simplest case, this could mean that hundreds of tax items are represented by one posting item. The system recognizes the posting item itself as a tax posting for telecommunications tax based on an internal indicator; the KTOSL field in the document item receives the value UCT. The tax code is not a tax code for

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 45 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


sales/purchases; instead it is an other tax code that is designated in Customizing for telecommunications tax. In the document item, therefore, the field MWSKZ is not set; instead the field STRKZ is set. For the posted G/L account, this means that you are not allowed to make any setting in the master record for the tax category. The tax category always relates to tax on sales/purchases or sales and use tax, but not to telecommunications tax. In the same way, you have to either set the posted receivables and revenue accounts as not tax relevant or set the Posting Without Tax Allowed indicator.

Since the posting items for telecommunications tax contain totaled amounts that are based on different base amounts and different tax rates, it is not possible to enter a meaningful base amount or tax rate in these posting items. In order to nonetheless make it possible to check the correctness of the tax posting, each tax item is linked to the posting item into which its amount flows. As long as telecommunications tax was calculated for business partner items (receivables, payables) of a document in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, then the Other Tax Code indicator is set in these items. If all document items with which taxes were posted have the same tax code, then the tax code is also inherited by the related business partner items. If there are different other tax codes then the value ** is set in the business partner item. The Other Tax Code indicator is always set automatically in the business partner item in the case of telecommunications tax. If there were other initially set values, these are overwritten by this automatic function. No other tax code is entered in revenue items.

Archiving of Tax Data of Accounting Documents Documents with telecommunications tax normally contain considerably more tax base items and tax items than posting items. The tax base items and tax items are not needed except for the document display and for some selected follow-on postings, such as reversal or write-off. Therefore it makes sense to archive these items earlier than the remaining document data. For this reason, the tax base items and tax items are managed using a separate archiving object. The technical name is FI_MKKUSTX. If necessary, the items belonging to a document can also be read from the archive, so that early archiving does not represent a functional limitation. Updating the External Tax System When a document is posted in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable that contains telecommunications tax, the tax data is updated at the same time to the external tax system. SAP Convergent Invoicing uses a Remote Function Call (RFC) to call a function in SAP Convergent Charging. If problems arise - for example because the Convergent Charging system is temporarily unavailable - then the document is parked for updating later to the external tax system. You can process the parked documents later using the report RFKK_COMMTAX_UPD. We recommend that you run the report at least once a day. Effects on Special Postings There are special considerations for documents that contain tax items for telecommunications tax in regard to certain posting transactions: Reversal During reversal the tax information is inherited from the document being reversed. The system reverses the plus/minus sign of the amounts and reports the resulting data to the external system. Write-off

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 46 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

When writing off receivables, you have the option of correcting the taxes in a manner corresponding to the amount written off. If tax on sales/purchases or sales and use tax was posted, it is known how much tax was due on which receivables item. If telecommunications tax arose, and the document contains multiple receivables items, then it is no longer possible to determine which tax amount originated from which receivables item. If you write off only part of an invoicing document, therefore, the tax arising for it is calculated in a routine that you have to make available especially for your installation. In Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable you can use event 0415 for determining partial tax amounts. SAP provides only a sample for this. Transfer If telecommunications tax was posted, it is currently not possible to transfer business partner items to other contract accounts; this is because it is not possible to ensure the correct tax handling of a following write-off or a following reversal. Special Issues When Using SAP Convergent Invoicing Without SAP Convergent Charging If you are not using SAP Convergent Charging as the feeder system for SAP Convergent Invoicing, then the functions for calculating taxes and updating an external tax system are not available in the form described above. In that case, you have to program your own installation-specific link between the external tax system and SAP Convergent Invoicing. You need a function for calculating the taxes and another function for reporting the posting of taxes to the external system. To implement these functions you can use the events 0414 (calculation of taxes) and 0413 (updating of external tax system). You have to create the appropriate function modules for these events and register them in Customizing. Effects on Customizing Preparing Billable Items for Telecommunications Tax When you are using SAP Convergent Invoicing, billable items form the most important basis for the creation of billing documents, which in turn then form the basis for the invoices that are created for customers. Billable items contain the data that is required for calculating the amount of the receivable and taxes, along with additional data for creating the posting items or printing the invoice. The actual data that is involved depends primarily on your business processes and how you set them up. Therefore, you configure the structure of your billable items in your Customizing system as best suits your needs. To assist you, SAP provides preconfigured data blocks that are called interface components. Each interface component contains at least one data field, but generally contains a number of fields that logically belong together. For the data that has to be transferred in billable items for telecommunications tax, we provide the interface component Basic Data for Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.) with the technical name USCOMMTAX. You have to select this interface component when you configure the structure for billable items. In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Maintain Billable Item Classes, you specify for each billable item class which interface components are linked to it. Preparing Tax Postings To be able to generate posting items from the tax items that represent the calculated taxes, you have to derive a G/L account and a tax code for each tax item. The tax code provides information only. It appears in the document display and optionally also in certain lists and reports. It is sufficient to define a single tax code for

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 47 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

telecommunications tax. Only if you want to separate posting items for taxes according to certain criteria, although the same G/L account is posted, do you then have to create several tax codes for this purpose. You specify the tax codes in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Telecommunications Tax -> Define Tax Code for Telecommunications Tax. You create the tax codes as other tax codes. You can potentially use these other tax codes for other purposes than for telecommunications tax. Therefore it is important that you set the Telecommunications Tax attribute for the tax codes you create here. Whether you need one or more G/L accounts for posting telecommunications tax depends on the accounting principles you use and your own internal guidelines. Before you perform the next Customizing steps, you have to first clarify which G/L accounts you need and when which account should be posted. The system derives the G/L account to be posted and the tax code for each tax item. In doing so, the system can use the following attributes of a tax item to make a direct derivation: o o o Company code Tax type Tax level

In addition, you have the option of deriving two additional characteristics for each tax item; these can also be used for account determination and for determining the tax code. To derive the additional attributes Tax Characteristic 1/2, you have to write an appropriate function module and register it at event 0410. Example The tax item contains the Tax Type field. The technical name is DFKKOPUSTAXOUT00-TXTYP. This field can have numerous different values. If you divide the tax types into two or three groups, so that the same G/L account can be assigned for each group, then you have the following options: o o You can make an entry in Customizing for each tax type. Then numerous entries point to the same G/L account. Using event 0410, you can assign a group to each tax item based on its tax type. For example you can assign group G1 to tax type 000000 - 000100 and group G2 to 000101 - 999999. The key of the group is then returned as Tax Characteristic 1. In Customizing in this example you then only have to make two entries - one for Tax Characteristic 1 = G1 and one for Tax Characteristic 1 = G2.

To register a function module for event 0410, in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable choose Program Enhancements -> Define CustomerSpecific Function Modules. You define the derivation of the G/L account and the tax code in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Telecommunications Taxes-> Define Account Assignments for Posting Telecommunications Tax. First use the key selection to specify which characteristics you want to use for the derivation. Technical settings You can make technical settings for saving the tax data. In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, choose Basic Functions -> Telecommunications

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 48 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Taxes -> Make Technical Settings for Data Storage. To be able to calculate telecommunications tax from SAP Convergent Invoicing, and to update tax data in an external system, SAP Convergent Invoicing calls functions of SAP Convergent Charging using RFC. To make this possible, you have to set up the necessary RFC destinations as TCP/IP connections in your live system. (On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Tools -> Administration -> Administration -> Network -> RFC Destinations). In the application menu of your live system, you then specify which RFC destinations are to be used for tax calculation and tax updates (see SAP menu: Settings -> Technical Settings). SAP Convergent Invoicing Without SAP Convergent Charging Without SAP Convergent Charging, no functions for tax calculation and updating an external tax system are initially available in SAP Convergent Invoicing. This means that you have to program the functions yourself for your installation. To do so, create function modules for the events 0413 and 0414 and register them in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Program Enhancements -> Define Customer-Specific Function Modules.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 49 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Enterprise Services (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can access new enterprise services as XI interfaces in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. The Enterprise Service Repository contains the following XI interfaces for software component FI-CA under FI-CA 605 -> http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global -> Service Interfaces: Cash Point CashPointClosingDocumentERPCancelNotification_In

The Enterprise Service Repository contains the following XI interfaces for software component FI-CA under FI-CA 605 -> http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global2 -> Service Interfaces: Promise to Pay PromiseToPayERPAllowedProfileByDebtorPartyQueryResponse_In o o o o PromiseToPayProposalERPCreateRequestConfirmation_In PromiseToPayProposalERPByIDQueryResponse_In PromiseToPayERPCreateRequestConfirmation_In PromiseToPayERPByIDQueryResponse_In

Changed Interfaces The following services can now exchange messages using Web Services Reliable Messaging (WS-RM): CashPointDepositERPNotification_In o o o o o o o o o CashPointDepositERPCancellationNotification_In CashPointWithdrawalERPNotification_In CashPointWithdrawalERPCancellationNotification_In CashPointDifferenceERPNotification_In CashPointDifferenceERPCancellationNotification_In CashPointClosingDocumentERPCancelNotification_In CashPointPaymentCreateNotification_In CashPointPaymentReverseNotification_In CashPointClosingDocumentNotification_In

In the Enterprise Service Repository for software component FI-CA under FI-CA 605 -> http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global2 -> Service Interfaces, the Tax Submission ID was added to the following XI interfaces: o o ContractAccountERPSplitItemGroupByBusinessPartnerIDQueryResponse_ In ContractAccountDownPaymentRequestERPCreateRequestConfirmation_In

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 50 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

This enhancement is only relevant for you if you are using Public Sector Contract Accounting with SAP enhancement package 5.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 51 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Doubtful Items and Individual Value Adjustment


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use additional accounts with calculation type 08 when individual value adjustments are reset for the following business processes: o Reset due to a change to a value adjustment (reduction of the percentage of the value adjustment or of the specified value adjustment amount) for an adjusted receivable Reset due to sale of an adjusted receivable Reset due to reversal of an adjusted receivable For more information on calculation types for individual value adjustments, see this text.

o o

Effects on Customizing Calculation Types for Individual Value Adjustments You can define the calculation type for individual value adjustment directly in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Business Transactions -> Doubtful Items and Individual Value Adjustment -> Define Calculation Types for Individual Value Adjustments.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 52 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Invoicing


FICAX_INV_1: Invoicing Enhancements, SD Integration (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the business function Invoicing Enhancements, SD Integration (FICAX_INV_1). Using this business function, you can process billing documents, which were created in Sales and Distribution (SD), directly in invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA). In other words, you can process them without having to create FI-CA sample documents. The SD billing documents are integrated in the invoicing document for invoice display, and are posted in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You can use all central functions of invoicing in FI-CA on the items that were created for the SD billing documents. There is a report you can use for reconciling FI-CA documents and SD billing documents. For more information, see the following release notes: o o o See also For more information, see SAP Library under SAP ERP-> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Industry Business Function Sets -> SAP Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.

Invoicing Billing Cycle Discount at Invoice Level

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 53 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Invoicing (New)
Invoicing Function: Set Installment Plan to Due To be able to take the total receivable of an installment plan into account in the final invoice amount, until now you had to manually cancel the installment plan before invoicing. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now use the Set Installment Plan to Due invoicing function. Using this invoicing function, you can have the system automatically set all installments of an installment plan, which are not yet due at the time of invoicing, to have the same due date as the invoice. In this way, you can, for example, set all receivables of an installment plan to have the same due date as the final invoice when you create the final invoice. Invoicing Function: Writing Off Receivables and Credits in Invoicing You can write off amounts in invoicing, for example if it is clear that the business partner will not be paying the amount, or if the costs of collection are greater than the amount to be collected. You can also use this procedure to write off credits, if it is not possible to pay them to the customer. Definition of Billing Cycles As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can define billing cycles in invoicing. Discounts at Invoice Level As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can calculate discounts at the invoice level in invoicing. Integration with Sales and Distribution (SD): Transfer of SD Billing Documents Up to now, you could integrate Sales and Distribution (SD) with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) by: o o Activating direct posting of SD billing documents in FI-CA based on the customer account groups Transferring SD billing documents to invoicing of the industry component Utilities (IS-U) or to invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable This transfer is made using sample documents that are based on billing category U (billing request) of the billing type.

As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, the integration of Sales and Distribution (SD) with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) has been extended. You can now transfer billing documents directly to invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You activate this enhanced integration in Customizing. The transfer is based on both the customer account group and the billing type; the accounting interface in Sales and Distribution (SD) is still processed during the transfer, but no direct postings are made. Instead of creating posting documents, the system generates special invoicing orders that can be processed by Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. During invoicing, the system derives postings in FI-CA for the SD billing documents, and as necessary clears down payments. The enhanced integration also offers the following functions:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 54 of 222

SAP
o o

What's New? Release Notes


You can print the invoicing order for an SD billing document together with the invoicing orders of other source processes in one common invoice. You can use the central functions of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable on open items that were created in invoicing from SD billing documents. That means that you can include open items arising from SD billing documents in various processes of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable: dunning, interest calculation, and automatic and manual account maintenance. The system treats open items that were created in Invoicing from SD billing documents the same as all other open items of a contract account.

Integration with Sales and Distribution (SD): Reconciliation As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, a report is available for reconciling FI-CA documents and SD billing documents, as part of the integration of Contract Accounts Receivable with Sales and Distribution. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> Reconciliation of Documents with Source Data -> Reconciliation with SD Billing Documents. The report determines the differences between SD billing documents and FI-CA documents, and displays an overview of the SD billing documents and the print documents and FI-CA documents generated from them. Effects on Customizing Integration with Sales and Distribution (SD): Transfer of SD Billing Documents You make specifications for the transfer to invoicing in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Sales and Distribution -> Define Posting to FI-CA for Customer Account Groups and under Define Settings for Transfer to Invoicing. As an alternative, you can make these settings in Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Billing -> Billing Documents -> Integration with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FICA). You make specifications for the derivation of controlling values from SD billing documents in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Transfer of SD Billing Documents -> Derive Main/Sub-Transaction from SD Information and Derive Document Type from SD Billing Doc Data.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 55 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Billing Cycle (New)


Scheduling The scheduling that is already available as of SAP enhancement package 4 for SAP ERP 6.0 controls the time of execution of billing and invoicing. Scheduling serves two purposes: it distributes the technical load on the system and also allows you to set your own individual invoicing date. The system derives the billing dates and invoicing dates from the contract account. In Customizing, you define your rules for determining the target date under technical keys. You then enter the key for the rule you want to use in the specific case in the contract account. For more information on scheduling, see this text. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now also use billing periods at the contract account level in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. To do so, you enter a billing cycle in the contract account that specifies the frequency of invoicing. You can combine the control of the billing period with scheduling by synchronizing the dates of execution with the billing cycle. In this way, for example, you can bill on a daily basis and run invoicing at the end of a period. You make this setting at the level of the scheduling rule in Customizing. In the selection control and grouping control for the billing process, you specify if billable items from different periods (such as January and February) are aggregated in one billing document or in separate billing documents. In addition, in the selection control and grouping control for the invoicing process, you specify if source documents from different periods (such as January and February) are displayed in one invoice or in separate invoices. To be able to periodically invoice contract accounts even if there are no source documents to be invoiced in the system, you use a mass activity for generating additional periodic source documents (invoicing orders). (On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Invoicing -> Parallel Processing -> Create Addit. Source Documents for Periodic Invoicing). If you activate the invoicing function Invoice Additional Periodic Source Documents , then invoicing can process these special source documents (invoicing orders). For more information on creating and processing these source documents, see this text. Effects on Customizing Scheduling for Billing You make system settings for scheduling in Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Basic Data -> Scheduling as follows: o o In the Define Scheduling activity, you define the technical key for scheduling. Under this key, you define how further processing takes place. To synchronize scheduling with a billing cycle, you define a billing cycle in the Define Billing Cycle activity; also define the control for determining the frequency of the periods and for determining the billing period. You also specify if these characteristics can be overwritten on an individual basis in the contract account.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 56 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


In the Enter Rules for Determining the Billing Date activity, you define the rules for determining the target date for billing. In addition, you specify here if the target date of billing should be synchronized with a billing cycle. In the Assign Rules for Determining the Billing Date activity, you define how the system derives the rules for determining the billing date. This derivation takes place at the minimum dependent on the scheduling key.

Scheduling for Invoicing You make system settings for scheduling in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Scheduling as follows: o o In the Define Scheduling activity, you define the key for scheduling. You specify under this key how further processing takes place. If you want to synchronize scheduling with a billing cycle, you define a billing cycle in the Define Billing Cycle activity; also define the control for determining the frequency of the periods and for determining the billing period. You also define if these characteristics can be overwritten on an individual basis in the contract account. In the Enter Rules for Determining the Invoicing Date activity, you define the rules for determining the target date for invoicing. In addition, you specify here if the target date of invoicing should be synchronized with a billing cycle. In the Allocate Rules for Determination of Invoicing Date activity, you define how the system derives the rules for determining the invoicing date. This derivation takes place at the minimum dependent on the scheduling key.

You make system settings for creating additional periodic source documents in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Scheduling -> Additional Source Documents for Periodic Invoicing as follows: o In the Define Source Document Types for Additional Source Documents activity, you define source document types for the additional source documents for source document category CYCLE. In the Define Processing Rules for Source Document Types activity, you define processing rules for the invoicing of these additional source documents. You specify if invoicing or invoice printing should be suppressed provided that there are either no further source documents to be invoiced or the invoicing document does not have any items (zero amount invoice). In the Define Control for Additional Source Documents activity, you specify if the system generates additional periodic source documents. You can make this specification dependent on the invoicing type and the billing cycle. In the Maintain Number Ranges for Additional Source Documents activity, you define the number range intervals for the generation of additional source documents. The system determines the number range interval using a randomness algorithm. You define the new invoicing function Invoice Additional Periodic Source Documents in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Define Invoicing Processes.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 57 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


You activate the new invoicing function Invoice Additional Periodic Source Documents in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Define Invoicing Types.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 58 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Discount at Invoice Level (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use new enhancements in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable for applying charges and discounts. You can now apply charges and grant discounts on an individual contract basis in Invoicing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You do so by entering charge and discount keys in individual contract accounts. By activating the new invoicing function Individual Charges and Discounts, you can have the system calculate these charges or discounts on a base amount in invoicing and post them in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. In addition, block discounts are now supported in invoicing. You can define discounts in which the given base amount is discounted with a value that applies for the given interval. For determining the base amount to which the discount is applied, you can use a new selection rule. Effects on Customizing You make system settings for applying charges and discounts in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Additional Functions as follows: o In the Define Keys for Charges and Discounts activity, you define charge and discount keys and their validity. You also enter the calculation rules that you want to use in invoicing for calculating charges and discounts. In the Assign Charge and Discount Keys activity, you specify which charges and discounts are calculated in an invoicing process. In the Define Item Selection for Determining Base Amount for Charges/Discounts activity, you specify which open items are selected for calculating the base amount for determining charges and discounts.

o o

You define the new invoicing function Individual Charges and Discounts in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Define Invoicing Processes. You activate the new invoicing function Individual Charges and Discounts in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Define Invoicing Types.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 59 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 03


FICAX_INV_PP_1: Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the business function Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) (FICAX_INV_PP_1). You can use this business function to: o Import billable items from various external systems to Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, where you can manage, process, and bill these items Using the billing process, you control how the system selects the billable items and groups them into billing units. For each billing unit, the system creates a billing document for further processing in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. Using the grouping variant of the billing process, you control the aggregation of billable items in billing document items. Integrate Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable with SAP Convergent Charging SAP Convergent Charging handles the pricing of services and determines the bill recipient. Billing adopts the priced items in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. During the course of further processing steps, Billing and Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable generate the postings necessary for creating a bill to the customer. Integrate Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable with SAP Customer Relationship (CRM) You can define one-off charges in CRM and transfer them as billable items to Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You can bill these charges in billing and then process them further in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.

For more information, see the following release notes: o o o

Billing Integration with SAP Convergent Charging One-Off Charges

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0)-> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Industry Business Function Sets -> SAP Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA).

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 60 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Billing (New)
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use new enhancements in Billing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You can now import, bill, and manage billable items from various external systems. You can continue to use the existing processes in Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable for EDR management and management of billing accounts. The new billing process is completely compatible with the solution as delivered up to now. However, to improve transparency, the structures for Customizing settings and transactions in the SAP Easy Access menu for the solution have been changed, as compared to their structure up to and including SAP enhancement package 4. The previously existing functions now appear under the heading Billing-Account-Based Billing. Import and Management of Billable Items The following functions are available for importing and managing billable items: o Configuration of billable item classes For the configuration of the interface for the data import, a billable item class describes the technical attributes of the billable items. You define these attributes step-by-step in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Classes -> Maintain Billable Item Classes. Generating interfaces for billable item classes In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, you generate the objects that are necessary for the data transfer and the storage of data for a billable item class (under Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Classes -> Generate Interfaces for Billable Item Classes ). In addition to the generation itself and the log of the generation, the system creates a generation history in this Customizing activity. You can also display the generated objects. Saving billable items By means of your configuration of the billable item class, you can have the system store billed items and simulated billed items separately on the database. To optimize data storage for billed items, you can define the data storage in Customizing as time-dependent (under Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Management -> Make Settings for Data Storage). By entering residence times, you can delete billed items in database tables that are no longer used. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Invoicing -> Delete Data -> Billed Items. Monitoring billable items There are functions for monitoring billable items based on their status group. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Billing -> Monitoring. In addition, you can change the status of individual billing transactions by excepting billable items from processing, or by restoring them so they can be processed. You can display billed items. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Billing -> Document Display -> Billing Document, and then choose the Source Data tab page.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 61 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


The following sample reports assist you in transferring raw data into billable items, as well as in creating test data for billable items: -

RFKKBIXBITSAMPLE (generation of test data) RFKKBIXBITUPLOADSAMPLEFILE (generation of a test file for


the transfer of billable items)

RFKKBIXBITUPLOAD (transfer of billable items from a file)

To transfer raw data into billable items (for both test purposes and for productive data), on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Processing of Raw Data. Processing Billable Items In billing, you bill the billable items of contract accounts. The billing process controls billing by specifying the rules used for selecting billable items and for automatically grouping them into billing units. For each billing unit, the system creates a billing document with a new origin process 007 (Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable). You invoice billing documents with origin process 007 (Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable) later in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You can enter a grouping variant for the billing process. This grouping variant allows you to decide how billable items are aggregated in the items of the billing document during billing. The grouping characteristics of the grouping variant control the aggregation of billable items into billing document items. Using the system settings for scheduling, you can specify a target date for billing. You enter rules for calculating the target date for billing in Customizing. You can have the system execute billing automatically, or you can perform billing in dialog mode (on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Billing -> Automated Billing or Billing in Dialog). You can reverse billing documents. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Billing > Billing in Dialog -> Reverse Billing Document. In addition, billing offers integration with SAP Convergent Charging , as well as functions for processing one-off charges . Effects on Customizing You make system settings for Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in these activities: o Billable Item Classes You can make settings for generating the interface for the data import from another system. Basic Data You can enter settings that are globally valid for billing. Billable Item Management You can make settings for data storage. Billable Item Transfer You can enter specifications for deriving required account assignments.

o o o

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 62 of 222

SAP
o o

What's New? Release Notes


Billing Processes You can enter settings for how the system processes billable items in billing. Reversing Billing Documents You can make settings for the reversal of billable items.

You can enter a residence time for billed items in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Archiving.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 63 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

Integration with SAP Convergent Charging (New)


Integration with SAP Convergent Charging and SAP Customer Relationship Management As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use SAP Convergent Invoicing with SAP Convergent Charging and/or SAP Customer Relationship Management (SAP CRM). For the integration in each case you use the appropriate following interface components that you have to activate during the configuration of the given billable item class: o o

SAP Convergent Charging CRM Order

Change Mode for Raw Data Monitor In the raw data monitor you can now: o o Change individual field contents Change multiple field values for multiple items at the same time using a mass change

For more information, see the documentation of the Analysis of Raw Data report. In Customizing, you can define which fields can be changed. Note These functions are only available in the raw data monitor. Processing Rules for Billable Items A feeder system that determines charges and prices for billable items (such as SAP Convergent Charging) sends these items to the ERP system. In the ERP system you can now specify: o o If items with errors should also be imported to the ERP system Which status (raw data, billable) the imported items should receive in the ERP system

For more information about the settings for this, see the documentation for the processing rules. Prevention of Multiple Transfer of Billable Items To prevent the feeder system from sending billable items more than once to the ERP system, you can define a unique secondary key for the affected tables in the configuration of the billable item class. Effects on Customizing Integration with SAP Convergent Charging and SAP Customer Relationship Management You activate the interface components for this in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Classes -> Maintain Billable Item Classes. Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 64 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Define Changeable Fields for Monitor In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Management -> Define Changeable Fields of Billable Items, you can specify for each class and record type which fields can be changed.

Processing Rules for Billable Items In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Management -> Define Processing Rules and Program Enhancements, you can specify if items are added, and if they are, to which tables they are added.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 65 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

One-Off Charges (New)


Transfer of one-off charges from SAP Customer Relationship Management (CRM) to Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can: o o Define one-off charges in CRM Transfer one-off charges as billable items from the CRM system to Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in the ERP system, bill them, and then process them further in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable

Effects on Customizing You make system settings for transferring one-off charges in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Customer Relationship Management- > Transfer of One-Off Charges in these activities: o o o Define Billable Item Classes Here you enter billable item classes for billing one-off charges. Define Account Assignments Here you enter account assignment derivations for one-off charges. Define Main Transactions and Subtransactions Here you enter main and subtransactions for one-off charges.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 66 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Local Close 2


FIN_ACC_LOCAL_CLOSE: Local Close 2 (New)
Use From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function Local Close 2 is available. You can use this business function in the Closing Cockpit to optimize your workflows for closing operations. Additional processing functions and an enhanced authorization concept simplify working with task list templates and task lists, and allow these to be processed by users using different authorizations. Additional organizational levels improve how organizational enterprise structures are considered when you create task list templates and task lists. Integration with SAP Central Process Scheduling by Redwood (CPS) and the Workflow Monitor has been improved, enabling you to execute, process, and monitor remote tasks and flow definitions within the Closing Cockpit itself. The transport function has been enhanced for easier reconciliation between individual SAP systems. The business function contains the following features:

Mass Changes and Filtering o Filtering of tasks (Web application) Filtering in the Web application now enables you to filter tasks in a task list by additional criteria, such as the person responsible or the task status. You also can use placeholders. Mass change for task attributes (Web application and ABAP environment) In a task list template or a task list, you can simultaneously change certain attributes for multiple tasks that you have selected. This can be useful, for example, when you want to define a new responsible person or task processor for several tasks. Mass change for task status (Web application and ABAP environment) In a task list, you can manually change the status of multiple tasks at once, for example, to enable processing of a successor task. You can enter a text for each status change to describe the reason for the manual change. The status change and the its text are displayed in the status overview.

Authorization Concept o New transaction for creating task lists A new transaction is available for creating task lists. This transaction can also be run by users that have no authorization for processing task list templates. This allows for the distinction between the authorization for processing task list templates and the authorization for processing task lists. Authorization checks for task list templates You can restrict the authorization for processing task list templates to individual task list templates. The authorization is checked on the level of individual task list templates.

Remote Tasks o Scheduling of remote tasks

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 67 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


In the Closing Cockpit, you can delete scheduled remote tasks from a task list or reschedule their execution at a different time. Access to SAP CPS is not necessary.

Display of remote task details In the Closing Cockpit, you can display details for remote tasks in a task list, without accessing SAP CPS. The detail display also shows status information for remote tasks.

Workflow Monitor The overall status of flow definitions embedded in a task list template or a task list is displayed directly in the status overview of the Closing Cockpit. You also can go to the Workflow Monitor to view the details of each step of a flow definition.

Organizational Levels The standard delivery contains the new organizational levels Plant and Controlling Area/Plant. You can use these levels if you want to define specific tasks at the plant level for a closing process.

Factory Calendar You can allocate different calendars to task list templates and task lists. When you do this, the calendars at the folder level have a higher priority than those at the template level. This simplifies task planning when individual tasks are run in different locations.

Transport of Task List Templates In manual transports of task list templates to other systems, you can determine which additional components (such as flow definitions or variants) should be transported with the respective task list template. By default, the transports of task list templates include the notes and Office documents of the individual tasks.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Local Close 2

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 68 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI, ES Sending Payment Advices


FIN_APAR_PAYMT_ADV: Business Function FI, ES Sending Payment Advices (new)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI, Enterprise Service for Sending Payment Advice Notes (FIN_APAR_PAYMT_ADV) is available. You can use this business function to automate the processing of payment advice notes by employing enterprise services also for outgoing payment advice notes. For this purpose, the following new operation is available in process component Payment Processing: http://sap.com/xi/APPL/Global2/PaymentAdviceNotification_Out Effects on Existing Data The new fields Payment Advice by XML and E-Mail Address are available in customer and vendor master records under the company code-dependent data. You can use the following functions to edit the new fields: o Dialog transactions for customers and vendors FD01, FD02, FD03, FK01, FK02, and FK03 Other transactions for maintaining customer and vendor master data (such as the transactions XD99 and XK99 or the SAP Retail transactions WB01, WB02, and WB03) are not supported in the system. The fields also cannot be edited as SAP business partner data; that is, they are not synchronized via the CustomerVendor Integration (CVI) within SAP Master Data Synchronization. Batch input for customers and vendors Processing of customers and vendors using the IDoc format Master data distribution of customers and vendors using batch input If you distribute the master data across multiple systems or clients, make sure that in the standard system the e-mail address of the general data is not transferred. Approval of critical changes in customer and vendor master records

o o o

Effects on Data Transfer Master data distribution via IDoc has new versions for the individual segments that contain the new fields. Version 7 of the segment E1KNB1M has been created for IDoc DEBMAS06 (customers). Version 6 of the segment E1LFB1M has been created for IDoc CREMAS05 (vendors). The batch input sessions for customers and vendors have been enhanced accordingly. If you use batch input to distribute master data across multiple systems, make sure that you take into consideration the constraint mentioned earlier about not transferring the e-mail address in the standard system. Effects on System Administration You define the business partners for which you want to use enterprise services in the company code data of the customer and vendor master records. Effects on Customizing In the following activities of Customizing for Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable, you define the field status that the new fields in the company code-dependent data should have:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 69 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Customer Accounts -> Master Data -> Preparations for Creating Customer Master Data: -

Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Customers) Define Screen Layout per Company Code (Customers) Define Screen Layout per Activity (Customers)

Vendor Accounts -> Master Data -> Preparations for Creating Vendor Master Data: -

Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Vendors) Define Screen Layout per Company Code (Vendors)

Define Screen Layout per Activity (Vendors) In each activity the new fields are located in the company code-dependent data under Payment Transactions -> Payment Advice as XML File. If required, in Customizing for Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable you can declare the new fields as being sensitive for dual control: o Customer Accounts -> Master Data -> Preparations for Creating Customer Master Data -> Define Sensitive Fields for Dual Control

(Customers)
o Vendor Accounts -> Master Data -> Preparations for Creating Vendor Master Data -> Define Sensitive Fields for Dual Control (Vendors)

You can tailor the warning message that appears when you delete an e-mail address that is still in use in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Bank Directory -> Change Message Control. For more information about the configuration of SAP NetWeaver Process Integration, see SAP Note 1348137. See also Business function description under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable (FI-AP/AR) -> FI, Enterprise Service for Sending Payment Advice Notes

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 70 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function CO, Parallel Valuation of Costs of Goods Manufactured


FIN_CO_COGM: Multiple Valuation of Cost of Goods Manufactured (New) Use
As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the CO, Multiple Valuation of Cost of Good Manufactured (FIN_CO_COGM) business function is available. With this business function you can valuate cost of good manufactured using various accounting principles. The accounting principles determine the valuation approaches. o o o In Asset Accounting and in Cost Center Accounting For actual price determination, and For cost of goods manufactured and the inventory values

Effects on Existing Data


Asset Accounting and Cost Center Accounting You can create an additional version in Controlling that transfers the data from a second Depreciation Area for Asset Accounting to Cost Center Accounting. Version 0 continues to exist as the leading version, whereas the new version is managed as the delta version (to be more specific, the delta actual version). You can analyze costs in the standard reports for Cost Center Accounting by switching between valuation view 0 (legal valuation) and valuation view 5 (parallel cost of goods manufactured) in the selection screen of the report.

Price Determination You continue to perform direct activity allocation (including order confirmation and time recording) based on the planned price for the cost center and the activity type. The activity quantities and also the planned prices are also recorded in the material ledger. To take depreciation into account in both accounting principles, the prices in the leading version and the delta version are calculated in parallel at the period end. You can analyze the prices using Activity Type Price Report (transaction KSBT) by selecting the leading version and the delta version once on the selection screen of the report.

Cost of Goods Manufactured and Inventory Values All of the material movements continue to be valuated using Standard Costs. The material movements, invoices, and order settlements are also recorded in the Material Ledger. At the period end, you carry out a periodic costing run and an alternative valuation run: o o To calculate the cost of goods manufactured taking into account the prices in the leading version, you carry out a periodic Costing Run. To calculate the cost of goods manufactured taking into account the prices in the

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 71 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


delta version, you carry out an alternative valuation run. The alternative valuation run has to be indicated as the run for parallel cost of good manufactured, and reference the delta version in its settings.

In each run you can analyze the results under the costing results. You can see the cost center being credited in the relevant version in the Cost Center Accounting standard reports. If you want to report inventory values correctly according to the two accounting principles, perform the closing entries from both runs in Financial Accounting.

Effects on Customizing
You can use the business function with both the new general ledger and when using the conventional general ledger accounting, and you can work with both ledgers and parallel accounts. Setup Check the accounting principles and also their assignment to ledger groups (in the basic settings for Financial Accounting (New) under Define Accounting Principles and Assign Accounting Principle to Ledger Groups).

I. Versions and Currency and Valuation Profile Make the following Customizing settings for both the versions and for the currency and valuation profile: 1. In Customizing for Controlling, make the settings for the versions under General Controlling -> Organization -> Maintain Versions: a) b) Check the settings in version 0 (leading version, for example, according to IFRS) Create an additional version for the alternative valuation according to local law, and define for the relevant controlling areas that for this version the parallel cost of goods manufactured valuation view is to be used. Here, the general settings for using the version, the year-dependent parameters on the controlling area and the settings in the results area are important.

2.

In Customizing for Controlling check the settings in the currency and valuation profile, and the settings for the material ledger under General Controlling -> Multiple Valuation Approaches/Transfer Prices -> Basic Settings -> Maintain Currency and Valuation Profile. In the currency and valuation view, you define that in addition to the legal view the parallel cost of goods manufactured valuation view is to be used. The currency types for the company code currency and the group currency are used for the new delta version. These currency types are not used operationally, but are used simply to provide the delta version in Controlling with values.

II. Transfer of Depreciation to Controlling To transfer depreciation to Controlling, make the following settings: 1. Create the link to Asset Accounting: a) In Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), check the settings for the transfer of depreciation to general ledger accounting under Asset Accounting -> Integration with the General Ledger -> Define How Depreciation Areas Post to General Ledger.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 72 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


b) Make sure that the correct account assignment object of Controlling are posted (in Customizing of Financial Accounting (New) under Asset Accounting -> Integration with the General Ledger -> Additional Account Assignment Objects -> Specify Account Assignment Types for Account Assignment Objects.

2.

In Customizing for Controlling under Product Cost Controlling -> Actual Costing/Material Ledger -> Multiple Valuation of Cost of Goods Manufactured, make the following settings: a) b) Check the transfer of depreciation for assets to Controlling under Transfer Depreciation from Asset Accounting to Controlling Make sure that the values from one depreciation area flow into the leading version (version 0) and the values from a different depreciation area flow into the delta version (the version you have created).

III. Calculating the Cost of Goods Manufactured and Closing Entries You must have activated the enterprise extension EA-FIN in order to be able to work with the alternative valuation run in the material ledger. So that you can calculate the cost of goods manufactured in accordance with two accounting principles, and can perform the closing entries, you have to make the following Customizing settings: 1. Check the settings in Customizing of Controlling for the activity update and credit of cost centers in the material ledger under Product Cost Controlling -> Actual Costing/Material Ledger -> Actual Costing -> Activate Actual Costing. Here you define that the activity update for the price determination in the material ledger is taken into account, and that the cost centers are credited either using the periodic costing run (transaction CKMLCP) or the alternative valuation run (transaction CKMLCPAVR). To explain: For the Actual Costing use the periodic costing run, and for the alternative valuation use the alternative valuation run. In Customizing for Controlling under Product Cost Controlling -> Actual Costing/Material Ledger -> Multiple Valuation of Cost of Goods Manufactured, make the following settings: a) Define in the material ledger those accounting principles for which you want to perform closing entries under Transfer Closing Entries from Material Ledger to Controlling. Here you can specify, for example, that the prices of the leading version are included in the periodic costing run (transaction CKMLCP) and the prices of the delta version included in the alternative valuation run (transaction CKMLCPAVR). You specify in addition that the closing entries from the periodic costing run should flow into the accounting principle for IFRS, and the closing entries from the alternative valuation flow into the local accounting principle. If you are working in general ledger accounting with the account solution, you specify which accounts are to be posted to under Define Alternative Accounts for Material Ledger Postings. Note: As an alternative to this Customizing activity, Business Add-In BAdI: Exchange of Accounts According to Accounting Principle is available.

2.

b)

See also
For more information, see the following sections in the SAP Library:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 73 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


The business function documentation under Business Functions (Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting. The application documentation under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Controlling (CO) -> Product Cost Controlling (CO-PC) -> Actual Costing/Material Ledger (CO-PC-ACT).

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 74 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI, Integration with CRM Funds Management for Marketing
FIN_CRM_MKT_INTGR_MAP: Mppng ERP Cst elmts to Exp. tps frm CRM Fds Mgmt.
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, the business function Integration with CRM Funds Management for Marketing (FIN_CRM_MKT_INTGR) is available. With this business function, you can map cost elements available in ERP with expense types from CRM Funds Management using a Customizing table. This will enable you to: o o o More closely track budgets and how they are being consumed by marketing campaigns Easily reallocate/transfer money between funds to flexibly react to market situations Increase the visibility and accountability around marketing funds

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 75 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Average Daily Balance


FIN_GL_ADB: Average Daily Balance (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL_605), the system contains the Average Daily Balance business function. You can use this business function to calculate the average balance of an amount for a given time period. For more information, see the following release information: BI Content for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting, and Average Daily Balance under BI Content -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting.

Effects on Existing Data The Average Daily Balance business function has been added to the area menu. You can find it under: o o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Statistical Key Figures -> Average Daily Balance Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Information System >General Ledger Reports ->Account Balances -> General -> Average Daily Balance Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Information System >General Ledger Reports (New) ->Account Balances -> General -> Average Daily Balance

The Average Daily Balance business function contains the following transactions: o o o o o Calculate Key Figures Correct Monthly Average Balances Calculate Monthly Averages Move and Merge Move and Merge, and Recalculate Average Balances

Effects on Customizing You can find the Customizing for Average Daily Balance under Financial Accounting/Financial Accounting (New) -> Special Purpose Ledger -> Basic Settings -> Master Data -> Ledger -> Average Daily Balance. To be able to use the function effectively, you have to enter settings in Customizing under Edit Settings for Ledgers and Assign Document Types to Applications. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Average Daily Balance.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 76 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function New General Ledger Accounting 3


FIN_GL_CI_3: New General Ledger Accounting 3 (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL_605), you can use the business function New General Ledger Accounting 3. You can use this business function to improve your processes for periodic tasks and optimize how you use the archive. Moreover, the business function enables you to manage how numbers are assigned when assets are transferred. For more information, see the following release notes: Periodic Tasks o o o Impairment of Assets According to IAS36 (New) Parallel Valuation of Material Stocks (New) Enhanced Reports for Reconciliation Between MM and FI-GL (New)

Archiving o Reading Totals Records from Archive (New)

Asset Transfer o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> New General Ledger Accounting 3. Number Assignment for Asset Transfer (New)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 77 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_CI_3: Impairment of Assets According to IAS36 (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business function New General Ledger Accounting 3, you can execute mass processing for impairment of assets within a cash-generating unit (CGU). You can select the relevant assets for this using the asset list and process them in a worklist. You have the following options for distributing the impairment amount to the individual assets: o o o The system distributes the impairment amount dependent on the net book value of the individual assets. The system determines and distributes the impairment amount of the individual assets so that the net book value of each asset is zero after the impairment. You specify your own customer-specific distribution of the impairment amount. To do so, you use the Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI for Distribution of Impairments (FIAA_IMPAIRMENT_DISTR_CUST).

Posting of the impairment reduces the net book value of your assets. You can choose between these two procedures: o o Depreciation revaluation (increase of accumulated depreciation) Negative revaluation of acquisition and production costs (reduction of the acquisition value)

You can post impairments either during the fiscal year or as part of the year-end closing. The system considers the posting documents created in Asset Accounting (FIAA) during the next depreciation posting run for General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL). Note For impairments during the fiscal year, to ensure a recalculation of the revaluation for the next period of the current year, use the new depreciation calculation. Effects on System Administration If you want to use the new depreciation calculation, you have to activate the add-on FIN EA-APPL. Effects on Customizing To use the function for impairment of assets, make the following settings: o You create the following new transaction types depending on the posting type in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) or Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting -> Special Valuation -> Revaluation of Fixed Assets -> Revaluation for the Balance Sheet -> Define Transaction Types for Revaluation: o o o o Transaction type for impairment according to IAS36 (debit) for current year (transaction type group A2) Transaction type for impairment according to IAS36 (debit) for previous year (transaction type group A1) Transaction type for impairment according to IAS36 (credit) for current year (transaction type group A2) Transaction type for impairment according to IAS36 (credit) for previous year (transaction type group A1)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 78 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


Note If you use the old depreciation calculation, instead of transaction type groups A1 and A2, you have to use transaction type groups 81 and 82.

If you want to make different impairment postings depending on the accounting principles used, then limit these transaction types to depreciation areas that use the same accounting principles. You make this setting in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) or Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting -> Special Valuation -> Revaluation of Fixed Assets -> Revaluation for the Balance Sheet -> Define Transaction Types for Revaluation -> Limit Transaction Types to Depreciation Areas. In Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) or Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting -> Special Valuation -> Revaluation of Fixed Assets -> Revaluation for the Balance Sheet -> Determine Depreciation Areas, you specify for each depreciation area that impairments can be posted both as revaluation of acquisition and production costs as well as revaluation of depreciation. For posting impairments to new General Ledger Accounting, you specify for each depreciation area that revaluation is considered during the depreciation posting run. You specify this in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) or Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting -> Integration with General Ledger Accounting -> Post Depreciation to General Ledger Accounting -> Specify Intervals and Posting Rules.

See also o o Central release note FIGL_605_GLACC_M: New General Ledger Accounting 3 (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> Asset Accounting -> Tools -> Mass Processing -> Impairment.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 79 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_CI_3: Parallel Valuation of Material Stocks (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business function New General Ledger Accounting 3, when you run balance sheet valuation, you can make delta postings for depreciation at business area, profit center, and segment level, as well as at account level. The value of the delta postings is the difference between the current stock value and the previously determined balance sheet value. Each delta posting is assigned to a delta run, which you define beforehand with the relevant posting parameters. For parallel valuation of material stocks, you can assign different accounting principles to delta runs and run balance sheet valuation for each accounting principle: o o If you use the accounts approach, you assign a different account grouping code to each delta run. If you use the ledger approach, you assign a different accounting principle to each delta run.

You can subsequently edit and reverse delta runs and the postings assigned to them. Effects on Existing Data o The existing program Balance Sheet Value per Account (transaction MRN9) was enhanced to enable postings at business area, profit center, and segment level. For the parallel execution of delta postings with different accounting principles, the program requires the assignment of a delta run for each posting. To edit delta runs, the area menu has the additional entry Logistics -> Materials Management -> Valuation -> Balance Sheet Valuation -> Results -> Balance Sheet Value per Account: Edit Delta Run (transaction MRN9DELTA).

Effects on Customizing You define delta parameters for parallel delta postings in Customizing for Materials Management, under Valuation and Account Assignment -> Balance Sheet Valuation Procedures -> Set Up Delta Run for Balance Sheet Valuation. See also o o Central release note New General Ledger Accounting 3 SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Configuring New General Ledger Accounting -> Parallel Accounting -> Parallel Accounting in the Application Components -> Parallel Accounting in Controlling -> Parallel Accounting in Materials Management

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 80 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_CI_3: Enhanced Reports for Reconciliation Between MM and FIGL (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business function New General Ledger Accounting 3, you can use the following new reports for comparing the stocks in Materials Management with the balances of the assigned balance sheet accounts in new General Ledger Accounting: o Report for periodic reconciliation This report compares, for a company code and a posting period, the totals of the stocks in Materials Management against the balances of the assigned G/L accounts in a ledger in General Ledger Accounting. In the results output, the report shows the values determined for each G/L account and G/L account assignment. Depending on whether the material ledger is activated in the specified company code, the report determines the material stocks using either the material ledger or the stock data in Materials Management and the local currencies relevant for the material stock. Report for reconciliation after activating the material ledger To determine for a company code the current stock values in the material ledger, this report uses the balances of the assigned balance sheet accounts in General Ledger Accounting. For this, the report considers all local currencies. On the basis of the stock values determined for the material ledger, the report determines the differences in balances for each G/L account and G/L account assignment for the second and third local currency. You can use the report to post directly to a specified account the differences in balances resulting from building the material ledger for the additional local currencies.

When determining the material stocks and the balances of a general ledger, the reports apply the following G/L account assignments: o o o Business Area Profit Center Segment

You can use the Business-Add-In (BAdI) Master Data Enhancement for Balance Reconciliation Between General Ledger and Materials Management (FAGL_MM_RECON) to define, where necessary, additional G/L account assignments that you want to apply in the evaluation. Effects on Existing Data o For periodic reconciliation, the following entry has been added to the area menu: Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing -> Closing -> Check/Count -> Balance Comparison: General Ledger - Materials Management (transaction FAGL_MM_RECON). For reconciliation after activation of the material ledger, the following entry has been added to the area menu: Logistics -> Material Management -> Valuation -> Actual Costing/Material Ledger -> Environment -> Production Startup -> Reconciliation with Balance Sheet Accounts in FI (New) (transaction FAGL_ML_ADJUST).

Effects on Customizing

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 81 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

You define additional G/L account assignments for the evaluation in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) under General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Tools -> Customer Enhancements -> Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) -> Master Data Enhancement for Balance Reconciliation Between General Ledger and Materials Management. See also o o Central release note New General Ledger Accounting 3 SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing -> Closing Operations SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp under SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Controlling -> Product Cost Controlling -> Actual Costing/Material Ledger > Installation: Material Ledger/Actual Costing -> Reconciling Accounts for the Material Ledger in Different Currencies and Valuation Categories

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 82 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_CI_3: Reading Totals Records from Archive (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business function New General Ledger Accounting 3, you can read totals records from the archive for reporting purposes. In new General Ledger Accounting, the number of records in the totals table can increase considerably particularly when you use the ledger approach with multiple scenarios. A large number of data records can in some cases lead to performance problems in reporting. For this reason, it can be useful to archive data records regularly at shorter intervals. The logical database SDF has therefore been adjusted so that reports that are based on it can now read totals records from the archive. (Note: It was also possible previously to read line items from the archive.) In the following reports, you can now specify whether the data is read from the archive, from the database, or from both: o o o Summary reports that are based on the logistical database SDF G/L Account Balance Display (transaction FAGLB03) Drilldown reports

You can connect Report Writer and Report Painter reports to the archive. For reporting in SAP BI, the data source 0FI_GL_20 has been enhanced accordingly. Effects on Existing Data

User Interface In the summary reports, in the G/L account balance display (transaction FAGLB03), and in the drilldown reports, you can use the Data Sources pushbutton to specify the source from which the system reads the data. o o o From the database, From the archive, or From the database and from the archive

Dataset If a local currency changeover takes place after archiving, the data from the archive is not converted to the new currency; instead, it is displayed in the original currency. See also o o Central release note New General Ledger Accounting 3 (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reporting.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 83 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_CI_3: Number Assignment for Asset Transfer (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business function New General Ledger Accounting 3, you can specify that the system keeps the number structure for the mass transfer of assets (transaction AR31). In the standard system, the system assigns new main numbers and subnumbers during a mass transfer. If you want to keep the original relationships between the individual assets during the transfer, you can choose between the following options for number assignment: o Keep the original main number The system adopts the main number that was assigned to the asset before the transfer. It assigns new sequential subnumbers. Keep the original number structure The system assigns new main numbers and subnumbers, but adopts the existing number structure. This means that the system assigns assets with the same original main number uniform main numbers, but assigns new sequential subnumbers.

To use this option you have to select the Keep Subno.Structure checkbox in the settings for the asset transfer. Effects on Customizing If you want to keep the original main numbers, then you activated the Business Add-In (BAdI) Control of Number Assignment During Mass Transfer (BADI_FIAA_NUMBER) in Customizing under Financial Accounting (New) -> Asset Accounting -> Transactions -> Enhancements -> Business Add-Ins for Enhancements -> BAdI: Control of Number Assignment During Mass Transfer. See also o o Central release note FIGL_605_GLACC_M: New General Ledger Accounting 3 (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> Asset Accounting -> Tools -> Mass Processing -> Mass Transfer.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 84 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Sum transfer in distributed systems


FIN_GL_DISTR_SCEN_1: Totals Document and Single Document Transfer in Distributed Systems (New) Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI-GL (New), Totals Document and Single Document Transfer in Distributed Systems (New) is available with a new ALE distribution scenario for new General Ledger Accounting. In a system landscape with distributed product systems, you can transfer FI documents individually as single documents or aggregated as totals documents. In the case of aggregated document transfer, the system collects business transactions of the same type, summarizes them in an aggregated document, and transfers this aggregated document to the receiver system. As a result of transferring single documents in an aggregated document, the data volume is reduced considerably, which improves performance. You specify which documents are transferred individually and which are transferred in aggregated form by using the corresponding indicator in the account master record. When this indicator is set, all documents that contain that account are transferred individually. Similarly, all documents containing taxes are transferred individually. Furthermore, you can specify additional criteria for the single document transfer. With the single document transfer, document splitting information is also transferred to the receiver system. All documents that have not been transferred individually are collected and can be transferred in an aggregated document. With the aggregated document transfer, as many single documents as possible are summarized in an aggregated document and then transferred as one document. The single document transfer is performed automatically at the time of posting. You have to start the aggregated document transfer explicitly from the menu (see also the section "Effects on Existing Data"). To compare the transferred documents with the transaction figures at the ledger level, you can use the existing reconciliation report Compare Documents / Transaction Figures, which you start in the central system (go to the SAP Easy Access screen and choose Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing -> Closing -> Check/Count -> Reconciliation (New) (transaction FAGLF03)). To check the totals of the transferred documents at the account level in the receiver system and to display any variances, you can use the reconciliation report Compare Documents from Totals Document Transfer (see also the section "Effects on Existing Data"). All aggregated documents are posted with the reference transaction GLSUM. The Reference Number field in the document header contains the run ID for the aggregated transfer. The run ID appears as follows: "GL-ALE-" + "run ID" (for example, GL-ALE-00201). To reverse a transfer run, proceed as follows: In the central system, you have to reverse all documents for a transfer run using a mass reversal (transaction F.80). For this, you have to enter the reference transaction and reference number (using the custom selections). You can then reset the transfer run in the sender system (see also the section "Effects on Existing Data"). You can control the reversal with the reconciliation report Compare Documents from Totals Document Transfer.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 85 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Effects on Existing Data


Existing Data The new distribution scenario replaces the previously used distribution scenarios for Financial Accounting. You activate the new distribution scenario for a specific company code. Once you have activated the new distribution scenario for a company code and the same receiver system is set up in the old distribution scenario for that company code, only the IDoc of the new distribution scenario is generated. Otherwise, you can continue to use the old distribution scenario as before. User Interfaces The SAP menu contains the following new entries: o You start the aggregated document transfer in the SAP Easy Access screen under Tools -> ALE -> Application Distribution -> Transfer of Totals Documents (transaction FAGLAL3). You start the reconciliation report Compare Documents of Totals Document Transfer in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing -> Closing -> Check/Count -> Compare Totals (transaction FAGL_COMP_SUM_RUNID). To reset a transfer run in the sender system, go to the SAP Easy Access screen and choose Tools -> ALE -> Application Distribution -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Reset Transfer of Totals Documents (transaction FAGL_RUNID_INIT).

Effects on Data Transfer


The new Basic Type FAGLDT01 belongs to the new distribution scenario. There are the following new message types: o o FAGLDT01 for single document transfer FAGLST01 for aggregated document transfer

If you have added customer fields to segments in the old distribution scenarios for Financial Accounting, you also need to enhance the segments in the new IDoc for the new distribution scenario. There are various Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) available for the new distribution scenario in the sender and receiver systems. These BAdIs correspond to the customer exits of the old distribution scenarios. We recommend using the BAdIs for the new distribution scenario. The following BAdIs are available: o BAdIs for Sender Systems BAdI: Identify Documents for Single Document Transfer You can use this BAdI to specify whether documents are transferred individually or in aggregated documents. Here, you can override the indicator for single document transfer set in the account master record. BAdI: Change IDocs in Sender System You can use this BAdI to change an IDoc before the transfer or mark it as excluded from the transfer. BAdI: Change Documents in Sender System You can use this BAdI to change an FI document in the sender system. BAdI: Add a New Segment with Customer Fields in IDoc You can use this BAdI to add customer fields in the IDoc.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 86 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


BAdI: Automatic Clearing of G/L Accounts Managed on an Open Item Basis You can use this BAdI to automatically clear G/L accounts managed on an open item basis during the single document transfer. BAdI: Clear Fields Before Document Aggregation You can use this BAdI to add aggregation fields for the creation of an aggregated document.

BAdIs for Receiver Systems BAdI: Change IDocs in Receiver System You can use this BAdI to change an IDoc or mark it as excluded from the transfer. BAdI: Read Customer Fields for Postings You can use this BAdI to read customer fields from an IDoc and add them to a document. BAdI: Change Fields in Accounting Structures (FI Documents) You can use this BAdI to change an FI document in the receiver system shortly before the document is transferred to the accounting interface.

Effects on Customizing
1. 2. In the sender system, create an RFC connection between the sender and receiver systems. In the sender system, create the port for IDoc processing in the SAP menu under Tools -> ALE -> ALE Administration -> Runtime Settings -> Port Maintenance (transaction WE21). In the sender and receiver systems, create a cross-system company code in ALE Customizing under Set Up Cross-System Company Codes. Define how the new message types (FAGLDT01 and FAGLST01) are used. For this, create a distribution model in ALE Customizing under Maintain Distribution Model and Distribute Views. Make the necessary Customizing settings for the new scenario under SAP NetWeaver -> Application Server -> IDoc Interface / Application Link Enabling (ALE) -> Modeling and Implementing Business Processes -> Configure Predefined ALE Business Processes -> Accounting -> AC <-> AC -> Set Up Distribution of Financial Accounting Data (New): a) b) Activate the distribution scenario for the desired company codes under Activate Distribution Scenario for Each Company Code. Make the basic settings for the document transfer (single document transfer or aggregated document transfer as well as BAdIs or customer exits) under Make Basic Settings for Distribution Scenario. Specify the document type for the aggregated document transfer under Specify Document Type for Transfer of Totals Documents. For the transfer postings, specify where necessary a posting key differing from the standard setting, which you do under Set Posting Keys for Transfer Postings.

3. 4.

5.

c) d)

6.

For the accounts with documents that you want to transfer as single documents, set the Account Managed in External System indicator in the account master record. Implement any BAdIs that you want to use fort his distribution scenario.

7.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 87 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Error Correction System


FIN_GL_ERR_CORR: Error Correction System (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL_605), the system contains the Error Correction System business function. You can use this business function to correct errors in documents before you post the documents. If the errors cannot be resolved automatically, the system creates ECS items that you can correct manually. For more information, see the following release information: BI Content for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting, and Average Daily Balance under BI Content -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting.

Effects on Existing Data Error Correction and Suspense Accounting has been added to the area menu. You can find it under: o o o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Document Entry -> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable -> Document Entry > Error Correction and Suspense Accounting Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Document Entry -> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting

Error Correction and Suspense Accounting contains the following transactions: o Document Entry o Start File Editor for Data Transfer Post Accounting Documents with Auto Correction

Reversal Reverse Single Documents

Logs Display Derivation Trace Display Application Logs Display Mass Runs Display Details for Mass Runs

Manual Post-Processing Edit ECS Items

ECS Reports Display ECS Items Start Statistical Analysis Determine Trends for ECS Items Display Deleted and Corrected ECS Items by Employee

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 88 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


Display ECS Items by Aging Category Calculate Differences Between ECS Balances and General Ledger Balances Display Reconciliation Report for Error Correction System

The following parameters for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting (ECS) have been added to report RFBIBL00: o o o ECS Environment (GLE_DTE_ECS_IF_TYPE) Run ID (GLE_DTE_ECS_RUNID) Version of Run (GLE_DTE_ECS_RUN_SEQ_NO)

Effects on Data Transfer You can import the following types of data into the system: o o o Using direct input Using Enterprise Services Using a BAPI

Effects on Customizing You can find the Customizing for the Error Correction System business function under Financial Accounting -> Financial Accounting Global Settings -> Document -> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting or under Financial Accounting (New) -> Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) -> Document -> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting. To use the business function effectively, you have to make settings in the Customizing activities under Error Correction and Suspense Accounting -> General Settings: o o Define ECS Environments Definition and Derivation of Error Categories o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Error Correction System. Define Error Messages Define Error Categories Assign Error Messages to Error Categories Assign Error Categories to Compound Error Categories

Create Number Ranges for Document Numbers in ECS

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 89 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI-GL (new), Reorganization and FI-AA Segment Reports


FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Center Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports is available. You can use this business function to achieve the following: o o You can portray the reassignment of profit centers in new General Ledger Accounting (Profit Center Reorganization). Furthermore, you can create asset reports at the profit center or segment level.

Profit Center Reorganization Scope of the Profit Center Reorganization Generally, changes to the profit center structure are the result of a management decision. Such changes can involve splitting up, combining, discontinuing, and renaming existing profit centers, creating new profit centers, or a combination of these activities. The information about a change to the profit center structure must be available in a timely fashion because retroactive reorganizations are not supported. A change to the profit center structure necessitates a change to the assignment of profit centers to objects (such as materials, orders, purchase orders, or sales orders). You can use the profit center reorganization to make these necessary changes in the system as part of an automated process: The profit center reorganization allows the change to the profit center assignment to take effect in the system on a key date and enables profit center reporting to be performed consistently in new General Ledger Accounting before and after the realignment. In a verifiable procedure, objects (such as materials and orders) affected by the reorganization are determined and reassigned and their balances are transferred in new General Ledger Accounting. You control and monitor the process using an application in the portal or in the NetWeaver Business Client. The system logs all steps. Roles The following roles are used in the reorganization: o The Reorganization Manager is responsible for the entire reorganization project. He or she creates the reorganization plan and performs the steps for generating the object list (that is, determining the objects involved), for reassignment, and for performing transfers on the basis of proposals made by object owners in the system. The Object Owner assigns the new profit centers to the objects in his or her area of responsibility. The reorganization manager cannot make any further changes to these assignments during reassignment and transfer postings.

For more information on the roles, see the section "Effects on System Administration". Process Flow The reorganization manager creates a reorganization plan. This is where the reorganization date, the controlling area, and the affected profit centers, for example, Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 90 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

are specified. The reorganization date must be the first day of a future posting period. From the reorganization date, you can perform reporting on the basis of the new profit center structure. In the next step, the reorganization manager starts object list generation from within the reorganization plan. When generating the object list, the system looks for the objects (such as materials or WBS elements) that are affected by the profit center reorganization and to which a new profit center needs to be assigned. Furthermore, the system determines the relevant object owner. However, the reorganization manager can specify a different object owner. Once the reorganization manager releases the objects, they appear in the personal object list of the relevant object owner. An object list serves as a worklist for an object owner. Before the reorganization period is opened, the object owners need to store the new assignment in the system. Cost centers are an exception to this: A cost center is registered automatically in a reorganization plan once you create a new time slot with a new profit center. Once the previous period has been closed, the reorganization manager performs reassignment from within the reorganization plan. This changes the profit centers of the objects determined in the previous step. The system locates dependent objects for successfully reassigned objects that have imparted the profit center and reassigns such dependent objects in the same way. The system finds such objects using the standard logic for profit center derivation: For example, items of a nonassigned purchase order inherit the profit center from the ordered materials, and one item of a payable inherits the profit center from the purchase order as a result of document splitting. This ensures in particular that floating processes (such as the clearing of open items of a supplier) are diverted to the new profit centers. For some object types, this step also determines the balances to be transferred (such as for materials) or even transfers them (such as for fixed assets). Alternatively to using the standard logic for profit center derivation, you can specify your own derivation logic. Then, from within the reorganization plan, the reorganization manager starts the balance transfers for objects that have already been reassigned. This enables balances to be displayed consistently for key dates at the profit center level. Transfer postings are made in new General Ledger Accounting. In the case of fixed assets, the system performs an integrated transfer posting. The system logs all affected objects, their old and new assignment, and the relevant object owner. It also logs the transferred balances for each object as well as the transfer posting documents created in new General Ledger Accounting. You can use separate consolidation transaction types to see the transferred balances in totals reports in new General Ledger Accounting. Objects that Can Be Organized This function ensures that the affected objects are reassigned consistently. The following object types that have profit centers in their master data record are reassigned: fixed asset, material, purchase order, sales document, cost center, cost objects, WBS element, network, network activity, internal order, accrual order, CO production order, product cost collector, QM order, PP production order, service and maintenance order, process order, payable, and receivable. Moreover, this function transfers the balances of the affected objects. Only balances that can be assigned directly to the affected objects are transferred. The following balance sheet items are reorganized: o o o o Fixed assets Inventory (raw materials, work in process, finished products) Receivables Payables from goods and services

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 91 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

In the profit and loss statement, no transfer postings are made. The system ensures that postings in the profit and loss statement are made to the new profit centers in the reorganization period. In the previous period, postings are made to the old profit center. The system uses the reorganization plan as the basis for assigning the profit center to the affected objects depending on the period. However, this only applies to cost objects. The following functions are not supported for profit center reorganizations: o o The reorganization of group assets is not supported. You can only reorganize materials (master records and stocks) consistently if you do not use the Retail Method of Accounting (RMA).

For more information, see the following release notes: o o o o o Reorganization of Receivables and Payables Reorganization of Materials Reorganization of WIP and SD Objects Reorganization of Cost Centers Reorganization of Fixed Assets

Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets You can specify the account assignment objects Profit Center and Segment in the master data of the fixed assets. (You use a corresponding program to derive the profit center or segment for fixed assets already present in the system as well). This enables you to create asset reports at the profit center or segment level. o o In Asset Accounting, you can create various reports at the profit center or segment level. In new General Ledger Accounting, you can create an aggregated report on changes in tangible assets. In the report, the values are cumulated on the basis of the G/L accounts.

For more information, see the following release note: o Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets

Effects on System Administration


The reorganization is available as a Web Dynpro application in the portal as well as being available as an application in the NetWeaver Business Client. To be able to use the reorganization in the portal, you need to install the business package BP for Reorganization Management (BPERPREORG). This business package does not contain any predefined roles; it is only intended for reuse. To facilitate the evaluation of the contents of the worksets by administrators, the worksets of this business packages are embedded by delta link in work center pool role 1.5 of the Business Package for Common Parts. However, you can define your own roles (such as Reorganization Manager and Object Owner). You can then use the worksets of the business package BP for Reorganization Management in your own roles:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 92 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


-> -> -> Own Role Reorganization Manager Object Owner

Workset Overview of Reorganization Plans (Reorganization Plan Overview) Overview of Object Lists (Object List Overview)

For more information about this business package, see the SAP Library at CrossApplication Functions in SAP ERP -> Roles -> Business Packages (Portal Content) -> Worksets for Reuse in Roles -> Business Package for Reorganization Management. For the use of the reorganization in the NetWeaver Business Client, there are similar PFCG roles: o o Role for the reorganization manager: SAP_FI_GL_REORG_MANAGER Role for the object owner: SAP_FI_GL_REORG_OBJLIST_OWNER

The report launchpad FAGL_REORG exists for the reorganization manager, both in the application in the portal as well as in the NetWeaver Business Client. It comprises all other programs that you need for the reorganization.

Effects on Customizing
You make the basic settings for the reorganization in Customizing for General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings. Before you can start a reorganization, certain organizational and system prerequisites must be met. For more information, see the Implementation Guide for General Ledger Accounting (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings -> Prerequisites for a Reorganization. Here, you find out which are the minimum Customizing settings that you need to make.

See also
For more information, see the SAP Library at the following locations: o In the business function documentation: Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> FI-GL (New), Profit Center Reorganization and Segment Reports and In the application documentation: SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reorganization.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 93 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Receivables and Payables (New)

From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can automatically reorganize open receivables and payables following a reorganization of profit centers. In new General Ledger Accounting, you can transfer the affected receivables and payables balances from the old profit center to the new profit center. Given that automatic document splitting information for the affected receivables and payables are updated, the follow-on processes (such as clearing) take the new profit centers as their basis. The system supports you in the following activities: o Data selection: The system selects the following data: o Open receivables and payables (including down payment requests and down payments) that are affected by the reorganization of profit centers Their invoice-related items (such as residual items and partial payments)

Account assignment change: To ensure that the clearing processes are based on the new profit centers, the system applies in the reassignment the document splitting information for the affected receivables and payables. Furthermore, the system updates the document splitting information; in this way, follow-on processes apply the correct account assignments. However, this does not cause changes to be made to the document themselves. Transfer posting: In new General Ledger Accounting, the system transfers the balances of receivables and payables.

The reorganization of receivables and payables is integrated in the reorganization of the objects determining the account assignment (examples of such objects: cost center, order, or purchase order item). If, for example, an incoming invoice for a purchase order was posted, the payable received its profit center account assignments from the purchase order items of the purchase order. You assign a payable in accordance with the reorganized purchase order item. In this way, you only have to manually specify new profit centers for receivables and payables if it is not possible to establish the relationship to the objects determining the account assignment (such as the purchase order item) or if the receivable or payable was assigned directly with profit centers.

Effects on Existing Data


Activating the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1 alone does not affect the dataset in Cost Object Controlling. It is only once you actually use the function for reorganizing receivables and payables that you can change profit centers in document splitting and transfer receivables and payables balances from the old profit center to the new profit center in new General Ledger Accounting.

Effects on Customizing
You make the basic Customizing settings for the reorganization in Customizing for General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings. Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 94 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

See also
For more information, see: o o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New). The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reorganization.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 95 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Materials (New)

From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can reorganize materials with regard to their profit center assignment. You can change the profit center in the material master record and transfer balances for all materials that you have selected for the profit center reorganization. Furthermore, you can automatically include purchase order items in the reorganization: o Unassigned purchase order items (that is, purchase order items that only contain the material) are included in the reorganization by means of the material from which they received their profit center. Purchase order items with an account assignment (such as cost center or internal order) can also be included in the reorganization by being considered via the corresponding account assignment object (such as cost center or internal order).

The system supports you in the following activities: o Selection: The system automatically selects the materials that are affected by the reorganization of profit centers. Account assignment change: With a reorganization plan, you can change the profit center in the account assignments in the material master records for the reorganization date. Transfer posting: You can then transfer the object balances. You do this by cumulatively transferring the material stock value and balance value on the GR/IR account for the affected purchase order items in new General Ledger Accounting to the new profit center.

Constraint: You can only reorganize materials (master records and stocks) consistently if you do not use the Retail Method of Accounting (RMA).

Effects on Existing Data


Activating the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1 alone does not affect the dataset in inventory management and in purchasing. It is only once you actually use the Reorganization of Materials function that you can change profit centers in the material master data and transfer balances from the old profit center to the new profit center in new General Ledger Accounting.

Effects on Customizing
You make the basic Customizing settings for the reorganization in Customizing for General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings. For the Material object type, you can specify restriction characteristics and display characteristics.

See also
For more information, see:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 96 of 222

SAP
o o

What's New? Release Notes


The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1:Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) and The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reorganization.

FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of WIP and SD Objects (New) Use


From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can automatically reorganize cost objects in Product Cost Controlling and sales documents in Sales and Distribution (SD) following a reorganization of profit centers. You can change the profit centers in the cost object master data and in sales documents and transfer the affected balances from the old profit center to the new profit center in new General Ledger Accounting. The system supports you in the following activities: o o o In the selection of cost objects and sales documents that are affected by the reorganization of profit centers For the reassignment of the master data In the transfer of balances (work in process) in new General Ledger Accounting

The reorganization of WIP and SD objects is available for the following objects: production orders, process orders, product cost collectors, sales orders, contracts, scheduling agreements, requests, offers, WBS elements, and internal orders with revenue. Furthermore, you can change the account assignments of the following objects: cost object hierarchies, networks, network activities, maintenance orders, QM orders, and accrual orders. The reorganization of WIP and SD objects is integrated in the reorganization of materials. For example, you can include in the reorganization production orders and sales order items that belong to a reorganized material and have them automatically reorganized accordingly.

Effects on Existing Data


Activating the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1 alone does not affect the dataset in the Cost Object Controlling or in SD. It is only once you actually use the reorganization of WIP and SD objects that you can change profit centers in the cost object master data and in the sales documents and transfer balances from the old profit center to the new profit center in new General Ledger Accounting.

Effects on Customizing
You make the basic Customizing settings for the reorganization in Customizing for General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings. For the reorganization of work in process, it may be useful to exclude specific results analysis categories for determining the balance of cost objects. You make the relevant settings in Customizing for the Reorganization under Exclude Results Analysis Categories for Determining Balances of Cost Objs. In the case of the reorganisation of sales documents, you can specify that specific sales documents are always included in the reorganization; the system then selects the sales documents by status and period. You make any necessary settings in

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 97 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Customizing for the Reorganization under Specify Periods for Sales Document Selection.

See also
For more information, see: o o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) and The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reorganization.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 98 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Cost Centers (New)

From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can automatically reorganize cost centers following a reorganization of profit centers. The system supports you in including in the reorganization plan the cost centers that are affected by the reorganization of profit centers. A cost center is entered in a reorganization plan when the following prerequisites are met: o o o The key date of the cost center change (period begin) and the reorganization date of the reorganization plan are the same. The reorganization plan contains the change from the previous profit center to the new profit center. In Controlling, the period is still closed for all actual transactions.

It is not possible to delete an analysis period for a cost center that has been included in a reorganization plan because dependent objects might have already been reorganized.

Effects on Existing Data


Activating the business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (FIN_GL_REORG_1) has effects when an analysis period with a changed profit center is added. With the change, the above-mentioned checks are run.

Effects on Customizing
You make the basic Customizing settings for the reorganization in Customizing for General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings.

See also
For more information, see: o o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) and The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reorganization.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 99 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Fixed Assets (New)

From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can automatically reorganize fixed assets following a reorganization of profit centers. You can reorganize fixed assets for which the profit center is assigned directly by means of a cost object (such as an internal order or a WBS element): o o You can change the profit center in the cost objects and reassign the affected fixed assets You can use an intercompany asset transfer to transfer the balances from the old to the new profit center in new General Ledger Accounting as well as in Asset Accounting.

Furthermore, you can reorganize fixed assets to which a profit center is assigned directly without a cost object. The system supports you in the following activities: o Selection: In the selection of fixed assets that are affected by the reorganization of profit centers In the selection of cost objects (such as order or WBS element) that are assigned in the asset master records and are therefore affected by the reorganization of the profit centers

Account assignment change: For the reassignment of asset master data For the reassignment of cost objects

Transfer posting: For the transfer of asset portfolios

Constraint: The reorganization of group assets is not supported.

Effects on Existing Data


Before you can change the account assignment of fixed assets, we recommend that you run the check report on the fixed assets (see also the section "Effects on Customizing" below). This check report specifies for selected fixed assets whether they can be reorganized consistently. If the check report returns a negative result for a fixed asset, that fixed asset cannot be reorganized. Before you can reorganize the fixed asset, you have to make manual adjustments in the following cases (if relevant): o o Assign a different profit center to the real estate key. Internal order: Generate the object list for the internal orders and assign the new profit center to the relevant internal order, or Assign a different order in the asset master record if you do not want the previously used order to be reorganized. Page 100 of 222

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Project: Generate the object list for the WBS elements and assign the new profit center to the relevant WBS element, or Assign a different project in the asset master record if you do not want the previously used project to be reorganized.

Cost center: Assign a new profit center to the affected cost centers for the reorganization date. If you do not want the previously used cost center to be included in the reorganization, assign a different cost center in the asset master record.

Effects on Customizing
Before you can start the reorganization of fixed assets, the following prerequisites must be met: 1. 2. You use new General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL (New)) and Asset Accounting (FI-AA) in your production system. You have activated segment reporting in Customizing for Asset Accounting with the activity Activate Segment Reporting. You have performed the other activities listed in this activity. Note the following: The fields Profit Center and Segment must be filled consistently in the asset master records. It must be possible in the asset master record to derive a unique profit center for all posting-relevant cost objects. In Customizing for Asset Accounting in the activity Activate Account Assignment Objects, the Acct Assignment Object Same in Asset Master and Posting indicator is set. In Customizing for General Ledger Accounting (New), you have made the basic settings for the reorganization underReorganization -> Basic Settings. In Customizing for the Reorganization, you have activated the reorganization of fixed assets with the activity Activate Reorganization of Fixed Assets. In Customizing for the Reorganization, you have performed the activity Check Profit Center Assignments in Asset Master Records. You have determined any inconsistencies in the assignment of profit centers and have removed them.

3.

4. 5. 6.

See also
For more information, see: o o o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) The release note FIN_GL_REORG_1: Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets (New) The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reorganization.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 101 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_GL_REORG_1: Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets (New)

From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can use the account assignment objects Profit Center and Segment in the asset master record. This enables you to create asset reports at the profit center or segment level. You have the following options: o You can specify profit centers and segments in the master data of the fixed assets. You make the profit center and segment settings in exactly the same way as for existing account assignments (such as for cost centers, internal orders, or WBS elements). In Asset Accounting, you can create reports at the profit center or segment level. There is a new sort variant for this. Moreover, the corresponding fields have been included for selection in the Logical Database ADA. In new General Ledger Accounting, you can create an aggregated report on changes in tangible assets. In the report, the values are cumulated on the basis of the G/L accounts. The report is provided via POWL technology.

Segment reporting for fixed assets must be activated and set up before the reorganization of fixed assets is possible.

Effects on Existing Data


For the profit center and the segment to be derived consistently and for postings to be made correctly on this basis, the following prerequisites must be fulfilled: o o If there is a cost object in the asset master record, the system derives any profit center stored there. If there are multiple cost objects in the asset master record, it must be possible to uniquely derive one profit center.

Any segment stored is derived from the profit center. To derive the profit center or segment for the fixed assets already stored in the system, you have the following options: o You can convert asset master data from which a unique profit center can be derived. You do this in Customizing for Asset Accounting with the activity Fill Master Data for Segment Reporting. If you have assigned one or more cost objects, the profit center or segment is derived in the individual maintenance of fixed assets (provided that a unique profit center or segment can be derived). Otherwise, you can specify a profit center or segment.

Caution: For postings to be made consistently in Asset Accounting, it is essential that you have converted the asset master data (see also the section "Effects on Customizing").

Effects on Data Transfer


Since you require the Consolidation Transaction Type (RMVCT) field for the aggregated report on changes in tangible assets, a new scenario is delivered, namely FIN_AASEG: Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets: o If you have not previously used the scenario Preparations for Consolidation, Page 102 of 222

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


you have to use the new scenario. To be able to create the aggregated report on changes in tangible assets for old data as well, go to Customizing for Asset Accounting and perform the activity Fill Consolidation Transaction Type for Segment Reports in GL Accounting.

If you already use the scenario Preparations for Consolidation, you do not need to use the new scenario.

Effects on Customizing
1. In Customizing for Asset Accounting, activate segment reporting. For information on the effects of activating segment reporting in the system, see the documentation in the Implementation Guide for the activity Activate Segment Reporting. a) b) c) Ensure that the prerequisites listed in this activity are met. Activate segment reporting. Perform the other activities specified in this activity. In particular, you must perform the activity Fill Master Data for Segment Reporting.

2.

The aggregated report on changes in tangible assets is provided via POWL technology. To be able to use this report, you need to have activated the business function Reporting Financials 3 (FIN_REP_SIMPL_3), and the role FINREP needs to be assigned to you. Two sets are used for the aggregated report on changes in tangible assets: Column set: The Consolidation Transaction Type (RMVCT) is used in the columns of the report. To be able to run the report and before postings can be made, the transaction type from Asset Accounting must be linked with the consolidation transaction type. You can combine multiple consolidation transaction types for one column. The standard delivery contains the example set for columns: FAGL_CONS_TRANSACTION. Row set: As the Fixed Asset field is not available in new General Ledger Accounting, the G/L account is used for the rows. Here also, you can combine multiple accounts into one row and give it a name. The standard delivery contains the example set for rows: FAGL_ASSET_HISTORY_SHEET.

3.

See also
For more information, see: o o o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New). The release note Reorganization of Fixed Assets The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI). Under General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reporting -> Financial Statements -> Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets and Under Asset Accounting (FI-AA) -> Information System -> Standard Reports -> Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 103 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Business Function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11) is available. You can use this business function to meet the business requirements in the Financial Accounting (FI) component for China, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates. For more information, see the following release notes: China o o o o o o o

Financial Statements Cash Flow Statements Official Document Numbering Time Dependent Text for G/L Account G/L Account Balances G/L Account Vouchers P&L Carry Forward

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

FI Localization for Kingdom of Saudi Arabia


United Arab Emirates

FI Localization for United Arab Emirates


See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions -> FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 104 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: Financial Statements (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you can create the balance sheet and profit and loss (P&L) statement (financial statements) periodically with the Financial Statement program in accordance with the enterprise accounting rules and print them out in the structured format prescribed by law. Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entry: Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing -> Closing -> Report -> General Ledger Reports (New) -> Financial Statement/Cash Flow -> China -> Financial Statement Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) (FI), in the following Customizing activities: o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Statutory Reports -> Financial Statements.

Define Financial Statement Versions Assign PDF Forms to Programs Define Form Structure for Financial Statement

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 105 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: Cash Flow Statements (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you can create the cash flow statement with the Cash Flow Statement program as required by the general accepted accounting principle (China GAAP) and print them out in the format prescribed by law. Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entry: Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing -> Closing -> Report -> General Ledger Reports (New) -> Financial Statement/Cash Flow -> China -> Cash Flow Statement Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) (FI), in the following Customizing activities: o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Statutory Reports -> Cash Flow Statements.

Assign PDF Form to Programs Define Cash Flow Statement Versions BAdI: Cash Flow Statement

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 106 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: Official Document Numbering by Period (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you can generate official document numbers for accounting documents or journal entries that are to be submitted to the tax authorities.

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for CrossApplication Document Numbering, under the following Customizing activities: o o o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Official Document Numbering.

Maintain Document Classes Assign Document Classes to Document Types Maintain Number Groups Maintain Number Ranges Assign Number Group to Company Code

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 107 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11 Time Dept. Text for G/L Acc. China (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you can maintain the short text and the long text of a G/L account master record. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Chart of Accounts.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 108 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: G/L Account Balances for China


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you can print the posted cash and bank vouchers on the legal forms in the Financial Accounting (FI) component for China.

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) (FI), in the Customizing activity Define PDF Form for Programs. You can implement BAdI: G/L Account Balances under Financial Accounting (New) (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing -> Report -> Statutory Reporting: China -> Financial Reporting -> G/L Account Balances.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 109 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: G/L Account Vouchers for China


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you can print the G/L account vouchers on the legal form in the Financial Accounting (FI) component for China.

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) (FI), in the following Customizing activities: o o

Assign Document Types to G/L Account Voucher Types. Define PDF Form for Programs

You can implement BAdI: G/L Account Vouchers under Financial Accounting (New) (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing -> Report -> Statutory Reporting: China -> Financial Reporting -> G/L Account Vouchers. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 110 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: P&L Carry Forward for China


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you can activate the account closing method per company code in the Financial Accounting (FI) component for China.

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) (FI), in the Customizing activity Activate P&L Carry Forward for Company Code.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China > Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Legder Reporting -> Financial Reporting.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 111 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: FI Localization for Kingdom of Saudi Arabia


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11) is available. With this business function, you can use the following features in the Financial Accounting (FI) component for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: o Withholding Tax The withholding tax return form (IDWTCERT_SA ) is now available and you can submit the form to notify the Department of Zakat and Income Tax of all tax that you withhold on payments to a nonresident. Bill of Exchange / Postdated Checks Zakat Levy Declaration This report (RFIDSAU_ZAKAT) allows you to prepare year-end Zakat declaration statement in the format required by Saudi Social Security Department.

o o

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) (FI), in the following Customizing activities: o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> Saudi Arabia.

Define PDF Form for Programs Define Form Structure for Financial Statement

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 112 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_11: FI Localization for United Arab Emirates


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11) is available. With this business function, you can use the Bills of Exchange / Postdated Checks function in the Financial Accounting (FI) component for United Arab Emirates.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> United Arab Emirates.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 113 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI, LO Localization for China


FIN_LOC_CI_13: Business Function FI, Localization for China (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13) is available. You can use this business function to meet the business requirements in the Financial Accounting (FI) component for China. The following new and enhanced functions are available for country version China. For more information, refer the following release notes: o o o o o o o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP under Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions -> FI, Localization for China

General Ledger Account Attributes Financial Statements Official Document Numbering Account Level Hierarchy G/L Account Balances G/L Account Vouchers P&L Carry Forward Aging Reports GR/IR Analysis Reports

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 114 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: General Ledger Account Attributes (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can maintain the following attributes for G/L accounts: o o G/L account description for the current date or for a date in the past or for a date valid in the future Old G/L account number

The system displays these descriptions of the old and new G/L accounts when you execute Account Document Output (RFIDCN_ACC_DOC) report. Effects on Existing Data A new tab, Enhancement for China, is available in the Change G/L Account Centrally (FS00) screen, which enables you to maintain country specific attributes such as the G/L account description and old G/L account number. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Maintain General Ledger Account Attributes

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 115 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: Financial Statements (Enhanced)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can create the following using the Financial Statement program: o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Statutory Reports -> Financial Statements Balance sheet and profit and loss (P&L) statement (financial statements) per profit center Balance sheet and profit and loss (P&L) statement (financial statements) per business area Balance sheet and profit and loss (P&L) statement (financial statements) in different currencies apart from the first local currency

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 116 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: Official Document Numbering by Period (Enhanced)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can assign official document numbers for financial documents such as accounting documents or journal entries regardless of the component from which those financial documents originate. You can also make settings for not assigning official document numbers for clearing accounting documents without line items. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for CrossApplication Components under General Application Functions -> Cross-Application Document Numbering -> China -> Automatic Document Numbering: o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Official Document Numbering

Activate Document Numbering for Company Code Maintain Settings for Clearing Accounting Documents Without Line Items.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 117 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: Account Level Hierarchy (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can create and maintain hierarchies of G/L accounts from chart of accounts. The G/L Account Balances report uses this account level hierarchy to generate and display the list of G/L account balance documents according to the hierarchy that you have maintained. Effects on Existing Data A new transaction Account Level Hierarchy (China) (IDCNALG) is available which you can use to create and maintain account level hierarchies. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 118 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: G/L Account Balances for China (Enhanced)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), the Account Balance Output (China) report has the following features: o o o o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting Display of balances and cumulative data of carried forward balances in the G/L account balance documents Generate G/L account balance documents according to the account level hierarchy maintained in the chart of accounts Generate G/L account balance documents in PDF format Execution of the report for a particular cost center or profit center Display of accumulated balances in the output is optional Display of selection information in ALV output

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 119 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: G/L Account Vouchers for China (Enhanced)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), the Account Document Output report has the following features: o o o Display of list of G/L account vouchers in the ALV output. You can open each account voucher document in the list to view the details Direct printing of G/L account vouchers Generate account vouchers in PDF format. Program updates default title for PDF document based on the voucher type selected. The default title can be changed if required. Display of FI document number in the PDF output. Assign different account voucher type to the account voucher document other than the account voucher type specified in customizing Display of additional data such as profit center name, cost center name and so on in the ALV output Display of descriptions of old and new G/L accounts in the account voucher documents

o o o o See also

SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 120 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: P&L Carry Forward for China (Enhanced)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), the P&L Carry Forward report has the following features: o o You can run the report in simulation mode. You can run the report in simulation mode and collect all items in one document. This method enables you to view the simulated results, generate FI documents, and post it directly if required. You can run the report in update mode and choose to collect items in one document for multiple posting periods. The report generates batch input for each posting period specified. You can post the G/L documents directly for single or multiple posting periods using this report.

o See also

SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 121 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: Aging Reports (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can use the aging reports for the following purposes: o Display a list of credit or debit balances that have aged by the specified time interval in the ALV output format. You can navigate to the details of the document from the list. Display the remaining credits in the credit aging report Perform a multi-dimensional selection Analyze the historical data of aging reports Generate the crystal report output Calculate aging data based on the invoice base line date or the payment due date Display the amounts in the transaction currency

o o o o o o

Effects on Existing Data The SAP menu contains the following new entries: o You check A/P aging data in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting > Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Periodic Processing -> Country-Specific Functions -> China -> A/P Aging Report (transaction IDCNAP). You check A/R aging data in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting > Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable-> Periodic Processing -> Country-Specific Functions -> China -> A/R Aging Report (transaction IDCNAR).

Effects on Customizing You can implement the Business Add-Ins for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), in General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing -> Report -> Statutory Reporting: China -> Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) -> BAdI: A/P Aging Report and BAdI: A/R Aging Report. See also Release Note FIN_LOC_CI_13: Business Function FI, Localization for

China (New)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 122 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_13: GR/IR Analysis Reports (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can use the GR/IR analysis reports for the following purposes: o Display a list of the products that are delivered but not invoiced in the ALV output format You can navigate to the details of the document from the list. Display a list of the materials that are invoiced but not delivered in the ALV output format You can navigate to the details of the document from the list. Analyze the purchase order items and vendor information that are relevant for the selected GR/IR transactions Display storage location and purchase organization data Generate the crystal report output Display tax amounts at the line item level Display the amounts in the transaction currency

o o o o o

Effects on Existing Data The SAP menu contains the following new entries: o You check the GR/IR clearing data in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Periodic Processing -> Country-Specific Functions -> China -> GR/IR Clearing for Invoiced But Not Delivered (transaction IDCNGRIR_BNG) and GR/IR Clearing for Delivered But Not Invoiced (transaction IDCNGRIR_GNB).

Effects on Customizing You can implement the Business Add-Ins for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), in General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing -> Report -> Statutory Reporting: China -> Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) -> BAdI: GR/IR Clearing for Delivered But Not Invoiced Transactions and BAdI: GR/IR Clearing for Invoiced But Not Yet Delivered Transactions. See also Release Note FIN_LOC_CI_13: Business Function FI, Localization for

China (New)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 123 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China


FIN_LOC_CI_16: FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China (FIN_LOC_CI_16), you can prepare, approve and make domestic payments using bank transfer electronically on a single screen. The enhanced functions of the Electronic Payment Integration (China) program allow you to set up an approval process for items to be paid. This process can involve any number of approvers on different authorization levels. Approvers can approve or reject items or groups of items; and even release items up to a certain amount direct for payment. You can create and send payment files direct from your SAP ERP system to a bank of your choice using Remote Function Calls (RFC). You can also query information from the bank direct from your SAP ERP system. Effects on Existing Data Functions from existing payment-related programs and applications have been integrated into this solution and can be accessed from a single transaction. These functions include the following: o o Payment Program (F110): Creation of payment proposals and making payments Data Medium Exchange Engine (DMEE) and Payment Medium Workbench: Creation of outgoing payment files and messages

Effects on Data Transfer Using Electronic Payment Integration (China), you can send payment files direct from your SAP ERP system to a bank of your choice using a Remote Function Call connection. You do not have to download the file content and use a third-party software to send it. You can communication direct using RFC with the bank's communication client. You can also query information from the bank, such as the status of items sent in payment files or the balance of a house bank account. Effects on System Administration You use the following authorization objects to control access to the actions needed for payment processing and approvals: o Automatic Payment: Activity Authorization for Company Codes (F_REGU_BUK). This authorization object controls access to the functions for running payment proposals, starting payment runs and sending payment files. Payment Release: Authority Object by Company Code and Action (F_PRL_BUK). This authorization object controls access to the functions for processing and approving items to be paid. Authorization to Execute Bank Queries (F_EPIC_BKQ). This authorization object controls access to functions for sending queries to your house banks.

Effects on Customizing To be able to use the functions of Electronic Payment Integration (China), you must do

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 124 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Activate certain settings for the Payment Release List, and set up the payment program and payment files in Customizing. For more information, see Related Customizing for Electronic Payment Integration in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) -> Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable -> Business Transactions -> Outgoing Payments -> Country Specifics -> China -> Electronic Payment Integration. Set up the communication channel between your SAP systems and your house banks by completing the following Customizing activities: -

the following:

Set Up House Bank Communication Define Service Operation Type Codes for Queries Add Details for Service Operation Type Codes

Set up an approval process to meet your business requirements. You must assign users as approvers and their respective levels by implementing the Approval Process Setup Business Add-In (BAdI). Caution: Be aware that the implementation of the Approval Process Setup BAdI may require considerable planning and extra implementation effort. We highly recommend that you copy one of the example BAdI implementations delivered with the Approval Process Setup BAdI as a starting point for setting up your own approval process.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP under Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions -> FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 125 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
FIN_LOC_CI_7: Business Function FI, LO Topics for CL, IN, PT, RU (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7) is available. With this business function, you can meet business requirements in the following components and countries: o o o o Financial Accounting (FI) component for Chile Materials Management (MM) component for India Asset Accounting (FI-AA) component for Portugal Financial Accounting (FI), Sales and Distribution (SD), Materials Management (MM), and Logistics Execution (LE) components for Russia

For more information, see the following release notes: o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

Asset Accounting, Russia (Enhanced) Contract Processing, Russia (New) Deal Passports, Russia (New) Export Customs Declarations, Russia (New) Import Customs Declarations, Russia (New) Financial Statements, Russia (New) Foreign Currency Valuation History, Russia (New) Form Printing, Russia (Enhanced) Negative Posting, Russia (Enhanced) Offsetting Account Determination, Russia (Enhanced) Value-Added Tax, Russia (Enhanced) VAT for Goods in Transit, Russia (New) FI Summarization, Chile (New) Assigning Tax Code Based on Region, India (Enhanced) Free Revaluation of Fixed Assets, Portugal (New)

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions -> FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 126 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Asset Accounting, Russia (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following new features in Asset Accounting (FIAA): o o You can add Russia-specific fields to standard asset accounting reports You can enter the KPP number on the selection screen of the Transport Tax Return program and include it in the output

Effects on Existing Data The following changes have been made: o o New nodes have been added to the logical database ADA for the tables GLOFAAASSETDATA and GLOFAATMDPNDNT The new field Subdivision's KPP has been added to the selection screen of the Transport Tax Return program

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for adding Russian fields to standard asset accounting reports in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), in the following Customizing activities: o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> Asset Accounting (FI-AA) -> o o Customizing -> Customizing for Russian Fields in Asset Accounting Reports Tax Returns -> Transport Tax -> Transport Tax Return

Customizing Include: Add Russian Fields to Logical Database Customizing Include: Add Russian Fields to Reports

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 127 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Contract Processing, Russia (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following new functions for contract processing: o The system can automatically fill the Assignment Number field of the accounting document with the internal contract number when the accounting document is generated in the background during a standard sales or purchasing process. You can group or filter data based on the contract number in various reports. You can manage payments, documents, or any payables or receivables that belong to different contracts separately.

o o

Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries for maintaining internal contract numbers: o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable -> Document > Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Maintain Internal Contract Numbers Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Document -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Maintain Internal Contract Numbers

The selection screens of the following programs have been updated to allow filtering and/or grouping of data based on contract numbers: o o o o o o o o o

Customer Turnover Balance Sheet (Russia) Vendor Turnover Balance Sheet (Russia) Customer Payment Analysis (Russia) Vendor Payment Analysis (Russia) Customer Balance Notification (Russia) Vendor Balance Notification (Russia) Automatic Clearing, Accounts Receivable (Russia) Automatic Clearing, Accounts Payable (Russia) Balance Sheet Supplement - OI - Analysis

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), under the following Customizing activities: o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->

Define Rules for Automatic Contract Number Filling Define DMS Document Types for Contract Processing

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 128 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> Accounts Payable (FI-AP) or Accounts Receivable (FI-AR) -> o o Business Transactions -> Contract Number Maintenance in Accounting Documents Closing -> Reclassification Based on Contract Numbers

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 129 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Deal Passports, Russia (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following functions for deal passports: o o You can create, change, display, or delete deal passport data in the system. You can use a report to display the history of changes that you made to deal passports.

Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries to access the transactions for the new functions: Logistics -> Materials Management AND Sales and Distribution -> Foreign Trade/Customs -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Deal Passport -> o o Maintain Deal Passports Deal Passport Change History

Effects on System Administration You use the Deal Passport Maintenance (J_3RF_POD) authorization object to control the authorizations required for creating, displaying, changing, and deleting deal passport data. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Sales and Distribution (SD) or Materials Management (MM), in the following Customizing activities: o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Sales and Distribution (SD) -> o o Business Transactions -> Deal Passport Maintenance Reports -> Deal Passport Change History

Define System Message Attributes for Deal Passport BAdI: Contract Data Source for Deal Passport BAdI: Screen Enhancement for Deal Passport

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 130 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Export Customs Declarations, Russia (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following functions for export customs declarations: o You can create, change, display, and delete export customs declaration data in the system. You can create three types of export customs declarations: o

Temporary customs declarations Final customs declarations Corrective customs declarations

You can create links between the line items of export customs declarations and SD or MM documents (delivery documents, SD invoice, purchase order, material documents). You can calculate and post customs fees and duties for export customs declarations. You can use a report to display the data of export customs declarations and the documents to which they have a reference. You can use a report to display the history of changes that you made to export customs declarations. The Create Secondary Events for Exports (Russia) program can retrieve data from export customs declarations to verify exports.

o o o o

Effects on Existing Data o The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries to access the transactions for the new functions: Logistics -> Materials Management AND Sales and Distribution -> Foreign Trade/Customs -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Export Customs Declaration -> o Create Customs Declaration Data Change Customs Declaration Data Display Customs Declaration Data Customs Declaration Change History Customs Declarations Report

The selection screen of the Create Secondary Events for Exports (Russia) (J_3RSINVOICE) program has been enhanced by new fields that allow you to retrieve data from export customs declarations.

Effects on System Administration You use the Export Customs Declaration Maintenance (J_3RF_CCD) authorization object to control the authorizations required for creating, displaying, changing, and deleting customs declaration data. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Sales and Distribution (SD) or Materials Management (MM), in the following Customizing Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 131 of 222

SAP
o o o o o o o o o

What's New? Release Notes


Define Customs Declaration Types Define Customs Declaration Statuses Define Shipping Types Assign Pric. Procedures and Cond. Types to CDec Types Define Posting Rules for Customs Fees and Duties Define System Message Attributes for Customs Declarations BAdI: Export Customs Declaration Enhancement BAdI: Enhancement for CDec Header Screen BAdI: Enhancement for CDec Item Screen

activities:

You can also use sample Customizing settings for export customs declarations delivered in the J_3RS_EXPORT_FEES_DUTIES Business Configuration (BC) set. You can activate this BC set and adjust its settings to match your own specific requirements. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Sales and Distribution (SD) -> o o Business Transactions -> Export Customs Declarations Reports -> Reports for Export Customs Declarations

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 132 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Import Customs Declarations, Russia (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following functions for import customs declarations: o o o o You can enter and maintain customs declaration data in the system. The system can automatically assign customs declaration items to material and billing document items when posting. You can use a report to display the data of customs declaration items and their assignments to material and billing document items. You can include the customs declaration number and country of origin data in the printed VAT invoice.

Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries to access the transactions for the new functions: Logistics -> Materials Management AND Sales and Distribution -> Foreign Trade/Customs -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Import Customs Declaration -> o o o Maintain Customs Declaration Data Maintain Mass Customs Declaration Data Customs Declaration Assignments

Effects on System Administration You use the Import Customs Declarations Maintenance (J_3RF_GTD) authorization object to control the authorizations required for creating, displaying, changing, and deleting import customs declaration data. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Sales and Distribution (SD) or Materials Management (MM), in the following Customizing activities: o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Sales and Distribution (SD) or Materials Management (MM) -> o o Business Transactions-> Import Customs Declarations Reports-> Reports for Import Customs Declarations

Define Material Movement Types for Customs Decl. Tracking Define Billing Types for Customs Declaration Tracking BAdI: Customs Declaration Tracking

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 133 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Financial Statements, Russia (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the Financial Statements (Russia) report to create XML or PDF files in legal format for the following financial statements: o o o o Balance sheet (Form 1) Profit and loss statement (Form 2) Statement of changes in stockholders' equity (Form 3) Supplement to balance sheet (Form 5)

Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entry to access the transaction for the new report: Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Information System -> General Ledger Reports (New) -> Financial Statement / Cash Flow -> Russia -> Financial Statements (Legal Format) -> Financial Statements Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), in the following Customizing activities: o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FIGL) -> Statutory Reports -> Financial Statements -> Financial Statements Report

Define Financial Statement Versions BAdI: Output Change for Financial Statements

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 134 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Foreign Currency Valuation History, Russia (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the Foreign Currency Valuation History (Russia) report to display the history of foreign currency valuations for any open or closed document items in G/L, customer, or vendor accounts. Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries to access the Foreign Currency Valuation History (Russia) report: o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing -> Closing -> Valuate -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia > Foreign Currency Valuation History Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Periodic Processing -> Closing -> Valuate -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia > Foreign Currency Valuation History Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable -> Periodic Processing -> Closing -> Valuate -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia > Foreign Currency Valuation History

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FIGL) -> Reports -> Foreign Currency Valuation History.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 135 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Form Printing, Russia (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can print the following legal forms using the ADOBE form template: o o o o o Record of Storage Placement for Materials (MX-1) Record of Return from Storage for Inventory Holdings (MX-3) Record of Internal Transfer of Goods (TORG-13)

Cash Voucher Register (KO-3) Cash Journal (KO-4)

Effects on Customizing MX-1, MX-3 and TORG-13 To print these forms from a material document, you make the Customizing settings in Customizing for Materials Management, in the following activities: o o o

Maintain Output Types Maintain Output Determination Procedures Maintain Conditions

To print these forms from an inbound/outbound delivery, you make the Customizing settings in Customizing for Logistics Execution, in the following activities: o o

Define Output Types for Inbound Delivery Maintain Output Determination Procedure

If you want to edit the form content before you print the MX-1, MX-3 or TORG-13 forms, you can implement the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) in Customizing for Materials Management (MM) or Logistics Execution (LE): o o

BAdI: Forms MX-1 and MX-3 BAdI: Form TORG-13

KO-3 & KO-4 You make the Customizing settings for this function in the following activities: o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> o Financial Accounting (FI) -> Bank Accounting (FI-BL) -> Cash Journal -> Statutory Cash Journal Reports In Customizing for Payroll, in Set Up Line Item Text In Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI), in Set Up Print Parameters

for Cash Journal

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 136 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Materials Management (MM) or Logistics Execution (LE) -> Business Transactions

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 137 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Negative Posting, Russia (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use negative posting in the following functions: o Clearing documents in Financial Accounting (FI) The negative posting in clearing documents function replaces the function described in SAP Notes 1116613 and 1116463. Repeated depreciation posting run Canceling billing documents in Sales and Distribution (SD) When you cancel billing documents, you can also indicate the reversal reason in the reversal documents.

o o

Effects on Existing Data The selection screen of the Cancel Billing Document program (SAPMV60A) has been enhanced with the new field Reversal Reason. The new Negative posting - reversal reason as selected value has been added to the list of negative posting types, which you can select from input help of the Negative posting field when you define billing types. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for the negative posting in clearing documents function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), in the following Customizing activities: o o o You activate negative posting for the country in the new Customizing activityActivate Negative Posting for Country. You permit negative posting for the company code in the Customizing activity Enter Global Parameters. You permit negative posting for the accounting document type in the Customizing activity Define Document Types for Entry View.

You make the Customizing settings for the negative posting in repeated depreciation posting run function, in the following Customizing activities: o You permit negative posting separately for each depreciation area assigned to the chart of depreciation in the new Customizing activity Permit Negative Posting. You permit negative posting for the company code in the Customizing activity Enter Global Parameters. You permit negative posting for the accounting document type used for depreciation posting in the Customizing activity Define Document Types for Entry View.

o o

You make the Customizing settings for the negative posting in billing documents function, in the following Customizing activities: o o You permit negative posting for the company code in the Customizing activity Enter Global Parameters. You permit negative posting for the reversal accounting document type in the

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 138 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Customizing activity Define Document Types for Entry View. You set the negative posting type for the cancellation billing document type in the Customizing activity Define Billing Types.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> o Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) or Accounts Payable (FI-AP) or Accounts Receivable (FI-AR) -> Business Transactions -> Negative Posting in Clearing Financial Accounting (FI) -> Asset Accounting (FI-AA) -> Periodic Processing -> Negative Posting in Depreciation Posting Run Sales and Distribution (SD) -> Business Transactions -> Negative Posting in Billing Documents

o o

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 139 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Offsetting Acc. Determination Russia (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following enhanced features of the offsetting account determination solution: o The Online Offsetting Account Determination function allows you to automatically determine offsetting accounts in the background each time when an accounting document is posted. You can determine offsetting accounts in a ledger other than the leading ledger. The system then uses the postings in offsetting accounts in the non-leading ledger when processing data for the following reports: Automatic Offsetting Account Determination Manual Offsetting Account Determination General Ledger Report Unprocessed Accounting Documents Register of Amounts Posted to G/L Accounts Account Balances (both for local and foreign currency) Account Balance Comparison (both for local and foreign currency) Defined Correspondence Documents List

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), in the following Customizing activities: o o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FIGL) -> Business Transactions -> Offsetting Account Determination.

Use Non-Leading Ledger for Offsetting Account Determination Activate Online Offsetting Account Determination Define System Message Attributes Define Accounting Clerks

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 140 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 Value-Added Tax, Russia (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following enhanced features for value-added tax calculation and reporting: o o The Separate VAT Accounting function allows you to calculate and report input VAT, separated by VAT-free and 0% operations as required by law. You can create your own tax grouping versions for invoices that are to be processed in a certain way, for example, for incoming invoices that have to be processed by the Separate VAT Accounting function or for invoices from vendors for which you act as a tax agent. You can prepare the Tax Agent section of your VAT return separately for each business partner.

Effects on Existing Data The user interface for printing the VAT return has been reworked for usability reasons. The fields related to Section 2 (tax agent transactions) are now grouped together. The area menu for Russian tax reports has been enhanced by the following new entries for separate VAT accounting: o o o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Reporting -> Tax Reports -> Russia -> Separate VAT Accounting -> Edit VAT Coefficients Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Reporting -> Tax Reports -> Russia -> Separate VAT Accounting -> Separate Input VAT Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Reporting -> Tax Reports -> Russia -> Separate VAT Accounting -> Link Outgoing 0% Invoices

Effects on Customizing You make the settings for these functions in Customizing for Financial Accounting in the following Customizing activities: o o o o o o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Components -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting -> Taxes -> Value-Added Tax (VAT).

Enter Global Parameters. Check Calculation Procedure Define Tax Codes for Sales and Purchases Name Tax Grouping Version. Assign Tax Items to VAT Base Columns Specify Tax Codes for Invoice Items Whose Usage Changes

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 141 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 VAT for Goods in Transit, Russia (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can post VAT from billing documents in case goods have been shipped but the ownership of the goods is transferred at goods acceptance only. You can use the new VAT for Goods in Transit (Russia) program to perform the following functions: o o o o o Post VAT from billing documents in Sales and Distribution (SD) Release billing documents to Financial Accounting (FI) when ownership transfer happens Clear the accounting documents created during VAT posting with FI invoices Reverse VAT posting documents and clearing documents if the relevant billing document has been cancelled Check the statuses of billing documents in this process

You can also reflect these VAT posting documents in the sales ledger, outgoing invoice journal, and VAT invoice. Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entry to access the transaction for the new program: Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Reporting -> Tax Reports -> Russia -> VAT for Goods in Transit

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> Taxes (FI-AP/AR) -> Value-Added Tax -> Closing for VAT -> VAT for Goods in Transit

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 142 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7 FI Summarization - Material Ledger Chile (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can summarize the line items for Financial Accounting (FI) documents that have identical G/L account assignment, material number, plant, and base unit of measure but different debit/credit values.

Effects on Existing Data A new field FI Summarization active has been added to the selection screen of the Material Ledger (Chile) program. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI), in Perform Document Summarization for Materials Management. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Americas -> Chile -> Financials -> General Ledger Accounting -> Reporting -> Material Ledger.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 143 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7: Assigning Tax Code Based on Region, India (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can set the system to assign the tax code to a material in the Purchase Order/ Scheduling Agreement based on the Region (MM) from where the material is dispatched.

Effects on Existing Data A new field, Max. Retail Price Relevant, is added to the initial screen of the Change Info Record report under the Control section in order to indicate if an article is maximum retail price (MRP) relevant. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Materials Management -> Purchasing -> Taxes -> Country-Specific Settings for India See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Industries in SAP ERP-> SAP Retail -> Merchandise Logistics -> Country Specifics

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 144 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_7: Free Revaluation of Fixed Assets, Portugal (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal and Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use this new solution for free revaluation of the fixed assets. In Portugal, companies can make a free revaluation of their fixed assets if it suits their business needs. If the company does so, they have to report free revaluations the same way they report the legal revaluations using Asset Report Print Program (Portugal) (RAIDPT02 ) report. The process for free revaluation of an asset is exactly the same as legal revaluations, except that: o o Revaluation co-efficient is not given by law but determined by the company Depreciation corresponding to the revaluation value is not tax relevant

The Asset Report Print Program (Portugal) (RAIDPT02 ) report now generates a new form Mapa 33.30 to report free revaluation.

Note Only assets that are still active and not totally depreciated can be revaluated by a free revaluation.

Effects on Customizing You can customize the system so that the edict number 15 and above are reserved for free revaluations. You can do so under Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI) under Asset Accounting -> Special Valuation -> Revaluation of Fixed Assets -> Settings for Mapas Fiscais Portugal. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Components -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe -> Portugal -> Financials ->Asset Accounting -> Asset Reporting Forms.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 145 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI-AA Topics for IN, JP, RU


FIN_LOC_CI_8: FI-AA Localization Topics for India, Japan, and Russia
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financials (EA-FIN 605), the business function FI-AA, Localization Topic for India, Japan and Russia is available. You can use this business function to meet business requirements in the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) component for India, Japan and Russia. For more information, see the following release notes: o o o

FIN_LOC_CI_8: Asset Master Data, Russia (Enhanced) FIN_LOC_CI_8 Prereq. for Calc. IT Dep on Asset Blk, IN (New) FIN_LOC_CI_8: Annex 16, Japan (New)

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 146 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_8: Asset Master Data, Russia (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financials (EA-FIN 605), business function FI-AA, Localization Topics for India, Japan, and Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_8), you can copy Russia-specific fields when you create a new asset by using an existing asset as a reference.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> Asset Accounting (FI-AA) -> Asset Master Data

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 147 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_8 Calc. IT Depreciation of Asset Blk, IN (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financials (EA-FIN 605), business function FI-AA, Localization Topic for India, Japan and Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_8), you can calculate depreciation of asset blocks as per the Income Tax rules in India. o Prerequisites for depreciation calculation You have to perform the prerequisites required for calculating and reporting depreciation of assets at the block level. You can use the new migration reports to perform the following functions: Upload asset blocks and their depreciation rates If you have maintained asset blocks and their depreciation rates in an excel, you can import this data into the standard system using the Upload Asset Block Details (J_1I_UPDASSETBLK) migration program. This program updates the Asset Block Master Data (IDIN_ASSETBLK) table. Assign assets to asset blocks and specify if additional appreciation is relevant for an asset. To do so, you can perform any one of the following activity: - Upload assignment of an asset to an asset block If you have maintained assignment of an asset to an asset block in an excel, you can import this data into the standard system using Assign Asset to Asset Block (J_1I_UPDBLKTOAST) migration program. This program updates the asset master transaction (AS01, AS02, AS03) that has new fields to new fields to capture asset block, sub block and additional appreciation. - Download group assets data If you have been using the group assets functionality, you can download this data in an excel. You can modify this data and upload assignment of an asset to asset block into the standard system using the Assign Asset to Asset Block (J_1I_UPDBLKTOAST) migration program. Maintain Opening Written Down Value (WDV) of the blocks at the beginning of a fiscal year If you have maintained the Opening WDV for blocks in an excel, you can import this data into the standard system by using the Assign Opening WDV for Asset Blocks (J_1I_UPDASSETTRNS) migration program. The program updates the Asset Block Master Data (IDIN_ASSETBLK) table.

o Depreciation calculation

You can use the new reports to perform the following functions: Update asset transaction details at block level You can calculate and update all assets related transactions related for the asset block using the Update Asset Transaction Details at Block Level India (J_1I_UPDBLKTRNS) report. This report updates the asset transaction table with the aggregated values of each block. Calculate, post and display depreciation values You can use the Income Tax Depreciation Calculation (J_1I_UPDDEPCALPOST) report to calculate the income tax depreciation

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 148 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


values and post them to the IT Ledger. You can also use this report to display the depreciation values for a fiscal year. Project depreciation values for the current fiscal year You can use the Calculation of Projection Depreciation Values (J_1I_CAL_PROJECTION_DEP) report to calculate and project depreciation values for the current fiscal year. Adjust Opening Written Down Value (WDV) and transactions You can adjust the initial values of Opening WDV and transactions by using the Adjustments to Asset Opening WDV or Transactions (J_1I_BLKADJUSTMENT) program.

Effects on Customizing To use this function, you must activate the business function Financials Extension (EA-FIN). You can customize the same under Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI) under Asset Accounting -> Maintain Asset Block Details. See also For more information, see SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->SAP ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5-> Financials -> Country Versions -> AsiaPacific -> India -> Financial Accounting (FI) ->Asset Accounting -> Depreciation.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 149 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_LOC_CI_8: Annex 16, Japan (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financials (EA-FIN 605), business function FI-AA, Localization Topic for India, Japan and Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_8), you can use the new Annex 16 solution for Country version Japan. You can use this solution to generate Annex 16 forms that contain details about the depreciation costs relevant to a company's assets. You need to submit Annex 16 forms with your annual tax return.This solution enables you to generate the following annex 16 forms: o o o o o Annex 16-1 Annex 16-2 Annex 16-4 Annex 16-6 Annex 16-8

The new Annex 16 (Japan) (RAIDJP_ANNEX16) report generates the above mentioned forms.

Effects on Existing Data To use this function, you must activate the business function Financials Extension (EA-FIN). You can customize this function under Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI) in Annex 16.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Americas -> Japan -> Financials -> Asset Accounting -> Annex 16.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 150 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI, Enablement for FSS


FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Business Function FI, Enablement for Financial Shared Services (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI, Enablement for Financial Shared Services (FIN_SSC_AIC_1) is available. You can use this business function to use functions of the new Shared Services Framework that is available across multiple SAP applications. In conjunction with SAP enhancement package 1 for SAP CRM 7.0, this business function in particular optimizes the setting up and operating of an Accounting Interaction Center (AIC) in SAP CRM. It is therefore tightly linked with the business function Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center in the SAP CRM system. The following functions are provided: Manual Service Requests in the SAP ERP System Service requests are used to swiftly report and resolve problems and errors. You can thus now create a service request directly from the transactions of the SAP ERP system. This concerns approximately 100 Financial Accounting (FI) and Controlling (CO) transactions. When you create a service request, the system opens it directly in the SAP CRM Interaction Center. It transfers contextual data and lets you attach a screenshot. In addition, you can link various ERP objects, such as the vendor master record or the document, to this request. AIC agents can call up the linked objects later by navigating from the service request directly into the ERP system. In Customizing for the CRM system, you can identify the ERP transactions that can be launched from the AIC by their prefix, such as ERP_FIN. For more information, see Customizing for Customer Relationship Management under UI Framework -> Technical Role Definition -> Transaction Launcher -> Copy/Delete Launch Transactions. Automatic Service Requests in the SAP ERP System You can also have service requests created automatically from the following programs: o o Proposal list for the payment run (transaction F110) Logs for the costing run (transaction CK40N)

Search for Service Requests Besides being able to create service requests directly from an ERP system, you can also search for service requests. You can check their status and update the service requests without the AIC agents having to intervene. You can choose whether you want to see only your own service requests in the SAP CRM UI or whether you want to see the service requests that were created in the FI or CO system. You can facilitate and accelerate the search through the standard filling of the Business Partner and Status fields based on the business partner number of the current user and the Customizing settings. Fact Sheet for Customer and Vendor The Accounting Interaction Center (AIC) now contains the account fact sheet which is a tool for facilitating communication with partners in financial scenarios. It provides context-specific information about the respective commication partner. This partner can be both a customer and a vendor.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 151 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Fact sheet for customer A fact sheet containing data on the specific business context is available to the agents of the Shared Services Center (SSC). This information ranges from the purchasing volume to the customer's most recent dispute cases. In this way, agents have access to a complete picture of the past and present collaboration with the communication partner in their day-to-day work.

Fact sheet for vendor Whenever a vendor contacts the SSC, agents can call up a fact sheet that helps them adequately respond to the vendor's request. The fact sheet contains data, such as open invoices, payments and master data. Search for External Documents in the Shared Services Center The employees of the Shared Services Center need to be able to access the most complete information possible about the past communication with a customer. This also has to be possible if this communication has already been stored in an optical archive. The Document Search function on the CRM user interface lets AIC agents search for documents that are relevant for a business partner in a number of backend systems and to display these documents, as needed. Connection of External Systems and Miscellaneous SAP Systems to SAP Collections Management For more information, see the following release note: FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Connection of Miscellaneous Systems (New) Effects on Existing Data The area menu has been enhanced with new functions for displaying and processing service requests. You find these under the following nodes on the SAP Easy Access screen: o o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Shared Services Center Accounting -> Controlling -> Shared Services Center

Depending on your configuration and the transaction selected, you can also create a service request directly from the transaction you are using. This is possible in the following ways: o o o Function under Help -> Service Request Link behind the error message Pushbutton in the log

Effects on System Administration To create or later search for service requests, ERP users need an identically named user in the CRM system, which is assigned to the new user role Occasional User (SSF_OCCUSER). Effects on Customizing You make the settings to set up service requests in the following places in Customizing of the ERP system: o Cross-Application Components -> Process and Tools for Enterprise Applications -> Shared Services Framework -> Integration with SAP CRM (basic settings) Page 152 of 222

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Financial Accounting (New) -> Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) -> Integration with Shared Services Framework (settings for the FI transactions) Controlling -> General Controlling -> Integration with Shared Services Framework (settings for the CO transactions)

To link ERP objects with the service requests in the AIC, you define the object types that can be linked with the AIC using Generic Object Services (GOS) in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Processes and Tools for Enterprise Applications -> Shared Services Framework -> Service Request Interface -> Define Object Types for AIC Link. You make the settings for the fact sheet in Customizing for Customer Relationship Management under Interaction Center WebClient -> Shared Services Framework > Integration with SAP ERP Financial Accounting -> Fact Sheet. If you define new external document types in the CRM system, you also have to processes these document types in all relevant backend systems. You make the settings in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Processes and Tools for Enterprise Applications -> Shared Services Framework -> Integration with SAP CRM -> Integration with Document Management -> Define External SSC Documents. If you synchronize the master data for SAP Collections Management using the CRM middleware, you have to activate the following standard implementation: Financial Supply Chain Management -> Collections Management -> Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Master Data Distribution -> Mapping of Master Data -> Activate/Deactivate Standard Impl. for Mapping Using

CRM Middleware.
See also For more information, see: o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Cross-Application Enterprise Business Functions -> Shared Services Framework -> FI, Support of Financial Shared Services SAP Library for SAP CRM on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/crm > SAP CRM 7.0 Enhancement Package 1 -> Application Help -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 1 for SAP CRM 7.0) -> Business Functions for SAP Customer Relationship Management -> Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center Release note for the business function Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center (CRM_SHSVC) in the CRM system

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 153 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Connection of Miscellaneous Systems (New)


As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function FI, Support of Financial Shared Services (FIN_SSC_AIC_1), you can connect the application SAP Collections Management (FIN-FSCM-COL) both with nonSAP systems and with various SAP systems. This increases the range of accounting systems whose data you can access with SAP Collections Management. You set up the connection using a substitute system that you connect to SAP Collections Management, and to which you transfer the required master and transaction data. In this way you can centralize and standardize the processes for collecting open receivables, irrespective of the system architecture used in your company. Without this business function you can only connect SAP systems where Accounts Receivable Accounting (FI-AR) has at least the status SAP R/3 Enterprise 4.70.

Effects on System Administration The area menu has been enhanced with the program for data transfer to the substitute system under Collections Management -> Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Periodic Processing. The new node Transfer Data from Non-SAP Systems and Various SAP Systems covers the following functions: o o o o

Transfer of Customer Master Data List of Transferred Customers Transfer of Document Data List for Transfer of Document Data

Effects on Customizing You make the settings to set up the substitute system in Customizing for SAP Collections Management under the following nodes: Financial Supply Chain Management -> Collections Management -> Integration Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Connect Non-SAP Systems and Various SAP Systems to Collections Management . See also

Central Release Notes for the business function FI, Support of Financial
Shared Services (FIN_SSC_AIC_1)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 154 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Financial Analytics
Business Function Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
FIN_GL_ERR_CORR_SUSP: Error Correction System: Suspense Accounting (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL_605), the system contains the Error Correction System: Suspense Accounting business function. You can use this business function to let the system resolve errors in documents before they are posted, and to post them to a suspense account. For more information, see the following release information: BI Content for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting, and Average Daily Balance in SAP Library under SAP NetWeaver -> BI Content -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting.

Effects on Existing Data Error Correction and Suspense Accounting has been added to the area menu. You can find it under: o o o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Document Entry -> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable -> Document Entry > Error Correction and Suspense Accounting Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Document Entry -> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting

Error Correction and Suspense Accounting contains the following transactions: o Document Entry o Start File Editor for Data Transfer Post Accounting Documents with Auto Correction

Reversal Reverse Single Documents

Logs Display Derivation Trace Display Application Logs Display Mass Runs Display Details for Mass Runs

Manual Post-Processing Edit ECS Items

ECS Reports Display ECS Items

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 155 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


Start Statistical Analysis Determine Trends for ECS Items Display Deleted and Corrected ECS Items by Employee Display ECS Items by Aging Category Calculate Differences Between ECS Balances and General Ledger Balances Display Reconciliation Report for Error Correction System

The following parameters for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting (ECS) have been added to report RFBIBL00: o o o ECS Environment (GLE_DTE_ECS_IF_TYPE) Run ID (GLE_DTE_ECS_RUNID) Version of Run (GLE_DTE_ECS_RUN_SEQ_NO)

Effects on Data Transfer You can import the following types of data into the system: o o o Using direct input Using Enterprise Services Using a BAPI

Effects on Customizing You can find the Customizing for the Error Correction System business function under Financial Accounting -> Financial Accounting Global Settings -> Document -> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting or under Financial Accounting (New) -> Financial Accounting Global Settings (New) -> Document -> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting. To use the business function effectively, you have to make settings in the Customizing activities under Error Correction and Suspense Accounting -> General Settings: o Define ECS Environments o See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Error Correction System. Definition and Derivation of Error Categories Define Error Messages Define Error Categories Assign Error Messages to Error Categories Assign Error Categories to Compound Error Categories

Create Number Ranges for Document Numbers in ECS

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 156 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function PDCE Enhanced Performance


FIN_BA_605_FIN_PDCE_PI: PDCE, Improved Performance (New)
Use As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP-BW 605), the PDCE, Improved Performance (FIN_PDCE_PI) business function is available. With this business function, you can carry out product design cost estimates more quickly and efficiently, in particular where there are large product structures. The following functions are available to you with this business function: o Delta costing With the delta costing, you can perform a costing more quickly and without having to recalculate the entire costing structure again. You experience shorter response times during the calculation, even if you are dealing with relatively large costing structures. A prerequisite of the function is that the costing structure to be calculated has already been calculated at least once. Parallel calculation With the parallel calculation, you can perform the existing Costing much faster. The product design cost estimate can be speeded up using the parallel costing, especially with very large product structures.

Effects on Existing Data The following changes have been made in the transaction Product Design Cost Estimate: Working Environments (UAMO): o o The new pushbutton Delta Costing is available on the user interface. In the area menu under Edit -> Preferences, the new group box Parallel Costing is available in the dialog box with the following additional fields: o Server group Maximum number of work processes Package size

In the context menu for the Objects of a Working Environment, there is a new menu entry: Parallel Costing.

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for the Delta Costing function in Customizing for Strategic Enterprise Management/Business Analytics under Costing Solutions -> Structures -> Activate Delta Costing and Define Customer-Specific Class Methods for Formulas. See also The SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp > SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> SAP ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Financial Accounting -> PDCE, Improved Performance:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 157 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Financial Shared Service Center


Business Function Internal Self Services, Enablement for Financial Shared Services
FIN_SSC_ISS_1: Business Function Internal Self-Services, Enablement for Fin. Shared Services (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6 the business function Internal SelfServices, Enablement for Fin. Shared Services is available. With this business function, you can implement self-services in your shared services center that allow users to process their own service and change requests. You can create master data related, informational and account posting self-services such as, for example, Change a Profit Center or a Vendor Factsheet Request. Self-services allow requestors to retrieve or update their information as required. This reduces the workload for your service center agents while improving the request processing time and consequently the efficiency of the service. The financial self-services can be deployed on either: o o SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6 SAP enhancement package 1 for CRM 7

The system where you choose to deploy your installation is also known as the selfservices hub system. You can deploy the installation on either: o a single system which functions as both the business application system and the self-services system (An example is a single system, such as ERP, where ISS is installed. The system is also the system where the underlying business processes are executed in the back-end) or a central installation on a system which serves a central self-services hub system which is connected to multiple business application systems, spanning different releases

If you use the central installation, you only need to complete the self-service and workflow configuration once. The central installation uses trusted RFC connections to connect to the different backend systems. For more information about these options see SAP Library for SAP CRM on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/ -> SAP Business Suite -> SAP CRM -> Application Help > Interaction Center -> Interaction Center Web Client ->General Functions -> Internal Self-Services for Financials (FIN-FB-ISS) -> Deployment Options for ISS Effects on Existing Data The shipment includes the following features: o Predefined financial self-service processes and associated development objects which customers can adjust to suit their own needs. Customers can use the delivered architecture to enable their own self-services based on locally modelled business processes. As part of this predefined content, SAP delivers the data model IS to make your implementation faster and more efficient. The data model contains a number of

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 158 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


predefined objects and relationships which are specifically designed to be used with these self services. You can reuse it wholly or partially and change it as required to suit the needs of your specific implementation. For example, the following web dynpro application components are delivered: Single Entity Processing UI (MDG_IS_SELFSERVICE) This application configuration contains the self service request UI for single entity processing. It can be used to create the UIs for self-service requests. Vendor Search UI (MDG_IS_VENDOR_SEARCH) This application configuration can be used to construct the vendor search UI. Customer Search UI (MDG_IS_CUSTOMER_SEARCH) This application configuration can be used to construct the customer search search UI

SAP also delivers data elements and where available and required their associated long texts in the package UISS_MDG_CONTENT. You can use these to provide value help for the fields on your self-service processing UIs. For more information see SAP Library for SAP CRM on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/ -> SAP Business Suite -> SAP CRM -> Application Help -> Interaction Center -> Interaction Center Web Client ->General Functions -> Internal Self-Services for Financials (FIN-FB-ISS)

A Self-Service Home Page is delivered to allow customers to create their point of access for self-service users. This can be used in conjunction with the SAP Netweaver Business Client or in a Portal iView. The self-services can be accessed using a map, directory or index view. These are contained in the UI component FPM_LAUNCHPAD_UIBB. This UI displays the specific back-end systems available to each user as a drop down list. There are also options to display the most frequently used self-services as well as the links to related UIs. For more information see How to Configure the ISS Home Page

A new PFCG template role for SAP NetWeaver Business Client (SAP_FIN_INT_SELF_SERVICE) is delivered. This role includes all required navigation targets and an Inbox for change requests and service requests. The template role can be used to integrate the Self-Service Home Page in any other PFCG NWBC role or as template for a Portal PCD integration. For more information about these options, see SAP Library for SAP CRM on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/ -> SAP Business Suite -> SAP CRM -> Application Help -> Interaction Center -> Interaction Center Web Client >Integration with ERP -> Users and Roles in SAP ERP and CRM

A new Interface that facilitates the integration of self-service processes into the CRM Interaction Center. Self-service processes can be assigned to service request categories and executed in the service request business context. This allows agents to access relevant objects in a connected application system directly from the IC system. For example, agents in the CRM IC can use this

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 159 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


feature to view business objects in the connected ERP system. For more information see How Integration with Internal Self-Services

Works
Note: The business function MDG_FOUNDATION is automatically activated when you activate this business function. The business function MDG_FOUNDATION is available as of SAP BS_FND 702. Effects on Customizing There are two Customizing nodes directly relevant for this business function: 1. First you need to set up the required system architecture for internal selfservices. You can do so in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Integration with Internal Self-Services. For an overview of the topic, see the customizing documentation. After you have completed the system architecture, you need to model your selfservices and associated UIs and processes. Depending on the specifics of your implementation, you need to complete the activities in Customizing for Internal Self-Services. For more information about this topic, see the customizing documentation.

2.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 160 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Financial Supply Chain Management


Business Function SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2
FIN_FSCM_BD_3: SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2 (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2 is available. This business function allows you to provide more information on vendor-facing portals. Your vendors (suppliers) can access data on invoices and payment status. They can view general information about your payment procedure, and they can raise inquiries without the need for a call to your accounts payable department. For more information, see the following release notes:

Information on Invoice Status Inquiries by Vendors

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 161 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_FSCM_BD_3_01: Invoice Status (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2, you can allow vendors to see information about the status of an invoice which they have sent to your organization, and to see information about your general payment procedure.

Effects on Existing Data On the Open Bills screen, there is a new column showing the status of the invoice. The values displayed are defined in Customizing and depend on the payment blocking status and the posting status of the FI document. In the header area of the invoice table, a new text area displays information on your company's payment procedures. The information defined for display here can be company code specific and is designed to give a vendor general information on your payment procedures. Effects on Customizing Maintain settings in relation to invoice staus in Customizing activity Define External Description for Invoice. Maintain the text about your payment procedures in Customizing activity Define Payment Description for Company.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 162 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_FSCM_BD_3_02: Inquiries by Vendors (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2, you can allow vendors to create inquiries in the SAP Biller Direct Buy Side portal. This text-based inquiry can include attachments, and can be linked to a specific invoice. Once a vendor saves an inquiry, it is automatically stored as a service request in the CRM system, where it is processed. The vendor can view the status of his inquiry over time. This allows for a more efficient relationship between your vendors and your accounts payable department, standardises the communication, and reduces the need for telephone calls, emails and so on. Effects on Customizing Activate and maintain Customizing settings for vendor inquiries in the following activities: o o

Activate Vendor Inquiry. Define Reasons for Vendor Inquiry.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 163 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FSCM Functions 3


FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: Business Function FSCM Functions 3 (New)
Use As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (FINBASIS 605), the FSCM Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM__CCD_3) business function is available. With this business function you can use new functions in the following components: In SAP Collections Management, you can take into account that a business partner is managed in several collection segments or in several accounting systems. Using this summary of the outstanding receivables, you can influence their priority in the worklists. For receivables processing, you can create promises to pay with installments, send correspondence and create notes at invoice or customer level. You can now use SAP Credit Management without having to install a separate server for using SAP NetWeaver Process Integration. For additional information, see the release note FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: WS-RM Support in SAP Credit Management (FSCM_605_CCD_3_WSRM). It is easier for you to navigate when forwarding a dispute case from SAP Dispute Management to an external application. Effects on Existing Data Global Rules have been introduced in SAP Collections Management for aggregating several business partners, supplementing the existing collection rules. To display all entries of a business partner there is the function Worklist -> Entries for Business Partner in the worklist. There are new collection rules in which the installment plans are taken into account. The area menu has been enhanced with two new functions. You can find these starting in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> Collections Management -> Periodic Processing -> Worklists -> o o List of Resubmissions Deletion of Notes

In SAP Credit Management the program for reconciling the credit exposure is available under List Displays -> Reconciliation of the Credit Exposure. To display payment behavior summaries, there is a new tab in the business partner that you can adapt with making modifications. Effects on Customizing Customizing of SAP Collections Management: o For the aggregation of the receivables for a business partner and for installment plans, you can create new collection rules under Define Collection Rules. These settings are also part of the following Business Configuration Set (BC Set): Collection Rules (UDM_UDMVC_RULE_B_RULE_C). Note the following information when you are activating BC sets: Activate BC Set When you create notes at invoice level, the node Resubmission and Note replaces the Resubmission node. With a new Customizing activity you can Define Contact Types that you can use for the creation of correspondence, for example.

o o

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 164 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


For the conversion of partner numbers to customer numbers, see under Credit Risk Monitoring -> Enhancements the new Business Add-In (BAdI) UKM_CONV_TO_DEBTOR. You can configure the display of payment behaviour summearies with the following activities: Credit Risk Monitoring -> Master Data -> Define Attributes

Customizing of SAP Credit Management:

Display
Credit Risk Monitoring -> Enhancements -> BAdI: Display of

Data for Payment Behavior


Customizing of SAP Dispute Management: o For subsequent processing of a claim in the Claims Management system, the new Business Add-In (BAdI) Function Code for the External Processing of Dispute Cases is available under Dispute Case Processing -> Transfer to External Applications -> Customer Enhancements. You can activate the new pushbuttons in the dispute case under Dispute Case Processing -> Function Profile -> Create Function Profile . You can use function profile FIN_DIS3 as a template for this.

See also For more information, see the following documents: o Release note for business function FSCM Integration 3 (FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION_3) in the Accounts Receivable Accounting (FI-AR) system Release note for business function ERP, Integration with Claims and Funds Management (ERP_CF_INTEGRATION_1) in the Accounts Receivable Accounting (FI-AR) system Release note for the business function Claims and Funds Management (CRM_CF_1) in the SAP Customer Relationship Management (SAP CRM) system. Business function description under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> FSCM Functions 3

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 165 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: WS-RM Support in SAP Credit Management


As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (FINBASIS 605), Business Function FSCM Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM_CCD_3) you can use SAP Credit Management (FIN-FSCM-CR) without needing to install a separate server for using SAP NetWeaver Process Integration. This option is available not just in a one system landscape, but also if you are using central SAP Credit Management in a multiple system landscape in which there is a separate system for FI-CA or several separate systems for FI-AR. The exchange of messages is enabled in this case using the protocol Web Services Reliable Messaging (WS-RM), which ensures messages are transferred and controls that the incoming messages are in the correct order. The use of this technology is especially of interest to small companies. The option of a point to point connection for asynchronous enterprise services is available for the following operations: o o o o o o o o o o o o http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/Global/CreditCommitmentNotification_In http://sap.com/xi/PI/FIN/Operational/Global/CreditCommitmentNotification_Out http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global/CreditCommitmentNotification_Out http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/Global/CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryNotification_In http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global/CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryNotification_Out http://sap.com/xi/PI/FIN/Operational/Global/CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryN otification_Out http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global/CreditWorthinessChangeInformation_In http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/Global/CreditWorthinessChangeInformation_Out http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/FICARatingReplicateQuery_In http://sap.com/xi/FICA/FICARatingReplicateQuery_Out http://sap.com/xi/FICA/FICARatingReplicateResponse_In http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/FICARatingReplicateResponse_Out

Effects on System Administration You set up the SOAP runtime and configure the background RFCs. You can use transaction SOA Runtime Tools (SRT_TOOLS) for this that is easy to use, and enables you to do tests. In SOA management, you connect the logical port of the source system with the endpoint of the target system. For more information, see: o SAP NetWeaver Library 7.0 on SAP Help Portal under Guidelines for Administrators -> SAP NetWeaver Technical Operations Manual -> Administration of SAP NetWeaver IT Scenarios -> Enabling Enterprise Services -> Special Administration Tasks -> Configure Web Service Runtime SAP NetWeaver Library under SAP NetWeaver by Key Capability -> Application Platform by Key Capability -> ABAP Technology -> ABAP Workbench (BC-DWB) -> ABAP Workbench Tools -> Web Services

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 166 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Effects on Customizing You create the connection between SAP Credit Management and the accounting system by configuring the corresponding endpoints and logical ports in the SOA Manager. See also For more information, see: o o

Central release note for the FSCM Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM_CCD_3)


business function

Release note for the business function Enhancements to Reusable SOA Functions (FND_SOA_REUSE_1)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 167 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FSCM Integration 3


FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION_3: Business Function FSCM Integration 3 (New)
Use As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the FSCM Integration 3 (FIN_FSCM__CCD_INTEGRATION_3) business function is available. It contains new functions that assist you with receivables processing in the SAP Collections Management (FIN-FSCM-COL) component. If you want to use this business function, then you also have to activate the FSCM Functions 3 business function in the system in which you run SAP Collections Management. To respond to customers who wish to make payment but are experiencing financial bottlenecks, you can now create and manage promises to pay for installment payments. To facilitate your correspondence, you can send documents such as account statements, OI lists and individual letters during receivables processing. This also applies to sending individual dunning notices. In addition, you can send a summary of a customer contact to a customer by e-mail. The option of creating notes at invoice level helps with the provision of information at document level. You can also enter documents as an attachment at various points, for example, to supplement a note or resubmission. In receivables processing, you can use a new interface on the Invoices tab to define additional functions. Effects on Existing Data The following main functions are available to you on the user interface: o o Enhanced functions for processing promises to pay on the tabs on which you can create, change or display promises to pay Pushbutton for sending various kinds of correspondence on the Invoices tab; this includes the bank statement, dunning notice, copy of a billing document, and the summary of a customer contact Functions enhancing the creation, change and display of notes at both invoice and customer level Pushbutton for the dunning history of a customer Pushbutton that enables you to create and display attachments at various places

o o o

Effects on Customizing The following new activities are available for this business function in Customizing of SAP Collections Management: o You make the settings for installments with promises to pay at the following places: Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Promise to Pay > Define Installment Plan Types for Promises to Pay with Installments Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Promises to Pay -> Customer Enhancements -> BAdI: Default Installment Plan and Check when Saving the Promise to Pay, and BAdI:Distribution of Installments on Invoices

You make the settings for creating correspondence, in addition to the settings in the SAP Collections Management system, under the following nodes:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 168 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Integration Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Receivables Processing. You make the settings for creating correspondence, in addition to the settings in the SAP Collections Management system, under the following nodes: Integration Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Notes. You make the settings for the definition of separate functions on the Invoices tab, supplementing the settings in the SAP Collections Management system, at the following places: Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Receivables Processing -> Define Additional Functions Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Receivables Processing -> BAdI: Function Code Processing for Additional Functions

See also For more information, see: o Release notes for the business function FSCM Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM_CCD_3) in the system in which you are running SAP Collections Management. The SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> SAP ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Financial Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management: FSCM Functions 3 FSCM Integration 3

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 169 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FSCM, Enablement for FSS


FIN_FSCM_SSC_AIC_1: Business Function FSCM, Enablement for FSS (New)
Use As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (FINBASIS 605), the FSCM, Enablement for Financial Shared Services (FIN_FSCM_SSC_AIC_1) business function is available. With this business function you can use new functions for integrating SAP Collections Management, SAP Dispute Management, and the Accounting Interaction Center, which run in SAP Customer Relationship Management (SAP CRM). This business function is, therefore, closely connected to the Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center business function in the CRM system. The following new workcenters are available in the Accounting Interaction Center, which you can use in your company to process Financial Shared Services. o o o o My Worklist (integration with SAP Collections Management) All Worklists (integration with SAP Collections Management) Receivables Processing (integration with SAP Collections Management) Dispute Case Processing (integration with SAP Dispute Management)

For additional information, see the release notes for the business function Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center (CRM_SHSVC) in the CRM system. Effects on Customizing You make the settings for this business function in Customizing for SAP Dispute Management as follows: o To display the dispute case, the Accounting Interaction Center uses a Web interface that communicates with the ERP back-end system using Web services. To be able to use this interface, you have to make the appropriate settings under Dispute Case Processing -> Web Interface for Dispute Case Processing -> Configure Web Services. This Web interface also supports file upload. Therefore, you have to define the document categories under Dispute Case Processing -> Enterprise Services > Define Document Category for Attachments to Dispute Cases. The settings for the Customizing activities are available in the following Business Configuration Set (BC Set), namely: FSSC - Text ID for AIC Integration (UDM_AIC_INT). Note the following information when you are activating BC sets: Activate BC Set See also

Create Text Profile Define Case Types Define Derivation of Element Types Define Text ID for Notes

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 170 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


For more information, see: The SAP library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Cross-Application Enterprise Business Functions -> Shared Services Framework -> FSCM, Enablement for Financial Shared Services The SAP library for SAP CRM on the SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/crm -> SAP CRM 7.0 Enhancement Package 1 -> Application Help -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 1 for SAP CRM 7.0) -> Business Functions for SAP Customer Relationship Management -> Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center The release notes for the business function Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center (CRM_SHSVC) in the CRM system

For more information, see:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 171 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function FI, Localization for CN


FIN_LOC_CI_9: Business Function FI Localization Topics for China
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business function FI Localization Topics for China (FIN_LOC_CI_9) is available. With this business function, you can create the Golden Tax Interface (GTI) invoice lists in the Financial Accounting (FI) and Sales and Distribution (SD) components for China. For more information about this function, see the report documentation. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) (FI), in the Customizing activity Define Invoice Types. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0)-> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> CountrySpecific Business Functions .

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 172 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

SAP for Public Sector


Business Function FI, LO, Interest on Arrears Localization Topic for France
FIN_LOC_CI_10: FI, LO Interest on Arrears for FR (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, SAP Enterprise Extension Public Services (EA -PS 605), the business function FI, LO, Interest in Arrears Localization Topic for France is available. You can use this business function to record, manage, monitor and report data related to all stages involved in handling interest on arrears. You can create, change, and display invoices including data that is relevant for interest on arrears in an SAP ERP system. Materials Management (MM) operations are used for operational handling of purchase orders and invoices, such as the invoice verification process.

Note: The Interest on Arrears function for the French public sector is based on the
following two business functions: o FI, LO, Interest in Arrears Localization Topic for France (FIN_LOC_CI_10) - Use this business function to activate the Interest on Arrears function in Financial Accounting (FI) and Materials Management (MM). SRM, Interest on Arrears Localization Topic for France (SRM_COUNTRY_PPS_FR_1) - Use this business function to activate the Interest on Arrears function in Supplier Relationship Management (SRM).

The SRM business function is required only when you use SRM for procurement processes. These two business functions are technically independent of each other but they handle one common business process. Effects on Customizing You make general specifications for each interest indicator for the calculation of interest on arrears in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) under Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable -> Business Transactions -> Interest Calculation -> Interest Calculation Global Settings.

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 173 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Strategic Enterprise Management


Business Function Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), the new business function Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale is available. This business function allows you to automate postings to handle subsidiaries in accordance with the new regulations in IFRS 5 and SFAS 144 in cases of intention for sale or discontinued operations. The Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale business function also contains additional new and changed functions. For more information, see the following release notes: o o o o o o o o

Assets Held for Sale (New) Load from Data Stream and Copy (Enhanced) Historical Currency Translation Without Consolidation of Investments (New) Document Type Assignment in the Balance Carryforward (New) Compare Investment to Equity (Enhanced) Hiding Statistical Items in the Log of Consolidation of Investments (New) Equity Method (Changed) Consistency Check for Manual Document Types (New)

See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 174 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Assets Held for Sale (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can automate postings to handle subsidiaries in accordance with the new regulations in IFRS 5 and SFAS 144 in cases of intention for sale or discontinued operations. Assets Held for Sale If a subsidiary with an intention for sale is acquired or the subsidiary is regarded as an asset held for sale for other reasons, you must report the assets and liabilities for this company separately in the consolidated balance sheet. The new functions allow you to specify the time of the intention for sale for a consolidation unit based on specific consolidation groups. They also allow you to reclassify all balance sheet accounts as two target accounts (Assets Held for Sale or Liabilities Held for Sale). Due to the intention for sale, a group-dependent revaluation of assets held for sale may also be required. However, you cannot report minority interest for this revaluation. The new functions allow you to suppress the adjustment of minority interest for reported financial data for the relevant document types. As of the time of the intention for sale, the depreciation of assets must be suppressed in line with the new regulations. Using the new functions, you can revoke the planned depreciation of assets or liabilities that you previously posted using a Capitalization and Valuation Allowances task by consolidation group. You can also suppress the posting of depreciation adjustments in documents of tasks for the elimination of interunit profit/loss in transferred assets. Discontinued Operations When an entire business area is discontinued, you have to report the equity holdings adjustments separately. Using the new functions, you can reclassify all income statement accounts as one single target account (Discontinued Operations) as of the time for discontinued operations.

Effects on System Administration To configure the settings for the new function, you perform the following steps in the consolidation workbench:

Activation in the Consolidation Area To activate the new functions, you select the Assets Held for Sale checkbox in the settings for the consolidation area.

Customizing for Consolidation Groups In the consolidation group attributes, you could previously specify the time (year and period) of first consolidation and divestiture accounting for each consolidation unit. You can now also specify the times (year and period) of the intention for sale and of discontinued operations.

Customizing for Consolidation Unit Combinations In a matrix organization, you can override for consolidation unit combinations the times

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 175 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

of the intention for sale and of discontinued operations that you entered for each of the dimensions of the consolidation unit characteristics. On the Table Display tab page, you can enter these times directly. On the Matrix Display tab page, you can enter these times on the detail screen. To display the detail screen, choose the Detail option in the context menu of the checkbox for a combination.

Customizing for Reclassification In Customizing for reclassification tasks, the new Global Settings group box is displayed with the following checkboxes: o Assets Held for Sale If you select this checkbox, you can use this task to reclassify balance sheet accounts as the target accounts Assets Held for Sale or Liabilities Held for Sale. You can also reclassify income statement accounts as the target account Discontinued Operations. If you select this checkbox, you must enter a non-initial value for the processing type of assets held for sale in the Customizing settings for the trigger selection of the reclassification method that you assign to the task. This value determines whether the task handles consolidation units (or partner units) with an intention for sale or discontinued operations or equity-method investee units with intention for sale. Value Allowance of Assets/Liabilities If you select this checkbox, you can use the task to revoke the planned depreciation of assets or liabilities that you previously posted using a Capitalization and Valuation Allowances task by consolidation group.

In Customizing for reclassification, there is also a new Check Settings node. When you execute this function, the system checks the consistency of reclassification tasks for assets held for sale as well as for reclassification methods and document types assigned for these tasks.

Customizing for the Location of Values for Consolidation of Investments If a revaluation of the assets held for sale is required, you must post this manually to posting level 30 using a document type that is part of the calculation base for consolidation of investments. Minority interests must be ignored. In Customizing for the location of values for consolidation of investments, there is a new No Minority Interest column in the Calculation Base screen area. In this column, you must select the checkbox for the manual document type that you used to post the revaluation of assets held for sale.

Depending on your requirements, you may need to configure additional Customizing settings to ensure functions are applied accurately. For more information and examples, see SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

See also Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 176 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 177 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Load from Data Stream and Copy (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can specify that the system is to ignore any data records from the source environment (BI InfoProvider when loading from a data stream; source version or source group currency when copying) in which all key figures are zero when it loads from data streams or copies using the Delete All update mode. Previously, when you selected Reported Financial Data or All Data Types as the data type in a data collection method of the type Load from Data Stream or Copy, the system also automatically read any data records from the source environment in which all key figures were zero. If the breakdowns for the source data are incorrect, the consistency check generates errors when writing the data to the target environment although the key figures actually have no values. These types of errors in the source data are irrelevant when the Delete All update mode is used. If you activate the new business function, you can specify that the system is to ignore these data records in which all key figures are zero when it loads from data streams or copies the Reported Financial Data or All Data Types data types when update mode Delete All is used. Effects on System Administration To activate the new functions, select the new Ignore Data Records with Key Figure Zero indicator in Customizing for the Load from Data Stream or Copy methods. See also Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 178 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Historical Currency Translation Without C/I (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can perform the historical currency translation based on additional financial data without having to activate the consolidation of investments. For the historical currency translation, you have to select Investments or Equity as the procedure for exchange rate determination in Customizing for currency translation methods. To be able to do this, the Investments and Equity data streams must have been generated in the data basis. However, you could previously only do this if you had activated the consolidation of investments in the settings for the consolidation area. By activating the new business function, you can now activate the Investments and Equity data streams without having to activate the consolidation of investments.

See also Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 179 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Document Type Assignment in the Balance Carryforward (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can define a document type assignment in the Customizing settings for balance carryforwards. To do this, you assign an automatic target document type to a manual source document type. When you execute the balance carryforward, the system replaces the source document type used to post the data records to be carried forward in the previous year with the target document type in the data records carried forward. If you posted manual corrections to remove errors from reported partner data after interunit elimination, for example, you can use this function to carry forward the manual corrections to your standard automatic document types for interunit elimination.

Effects on System Administration In the consolidation workbench, choose Balance Carryforward -> Document Type Assignment, and enter the source and target document types in the table. The following constraints apply: o The attributes (such as the posting level) for the source and target document types must be identical. Exception: A manual source document type can be assigned to an automatic target document type. If you have already entered a document type in the document type assignment for the adjustment of deferred taxes, you cannot enter this in the document type assignment for the balance carryforward.

See also Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 180 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Compare Investment to Equity (Enhanced)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can specify whether the system is to display an error message or simply a warning when the function to compare investment to equity is run in the consolidation of investments. Activating the check previously always resulted in an error message when inconsistencies were detected. If this is not the desired behavior, for example, because the investment was reported outside the particular consolidation group, you can specify that the system is to display a warning instead.

Effects on System Administration Once you have activated the FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS business function, a new dropdown list is displayed next to the Compare Investment to Equity indicator in the system utilization for consolidation of investments. Select the required value from this list.

See also Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 181 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Hiding Statistical Items in the Log (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can dynamically show or hide statistical items in the log for consolidation of investments. Previously, you could specify in the system utilization for the consolidation of investments whether the system was to display statistical items in the log. If you have activated the FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS business function, an additional pushbutton appears in the task log that allows you to show or hide the statistical items as required. When you perform the consolidation of investments, the statistical items are initially either shown or hidden in the log based on the setting you configured in the system utilization settings. The new pushbutton enables you to then show or hide the statistical items in the log display for the current task. This function can also be used to display items from saved logs for consolidation of investments.

See also Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 182 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Equity Method (Changed)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can carry goodwill in the local currency of the investee unit when using the equity method. You can also perform the equity method with group shares.

Goodwill in Local Currency When you use this function, the system treats the goodwill as follows: o o o The system manages the goodwill for an equity-method investee unit in the goodwill ODS in the same way it does for purchase method units. The system posts the goodwill for the parent unit in group currency only. The system also posts currency translation differences for equity-method investee units to both goodwill ODS and the documents for the Goodwill consolidation of investments activity.

Equity Method with Group Shares Until now, you could only perform the investment adjustment for the equity method with direct shares of direct investors of the equity-method investee unit. The system explicitly reports minority interest based on the group shares of the investors. If you perform the equity method with group shares, the system adjusts investments for the investors based specifically on their group shares. The system does not explicitly report minority interest in this case.

Effects on System Administration Goodwill in Local Currency When you previously selected the equity method accounting technique in the Customizing settings for a consolidation of investments method, the Carry Goodwill in Local Currency checkbox was not ready for input. If you activate the FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS business function, you can activate this checkbox. However, in this case, you still cannot post the goodwill on the investee unit.

Equity Method with Group Shares The system performs the equity method with direct shares by default. In Customizing for consolidation of investment methods, you can specify that the system is to perform the equity method with group shares instead.

See also Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 183 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Consistency Check for Manual Document Types (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can use a new report to check the consistency in the control of document fields with respect to the data model, and make any corrections required. If you make changes to the data model after you have created document types for manual postings, this can result in inconsistencies in the control of document fields for the document types. Until now, the system eliminated these inconsistencies when a data collection task was run to which you assigned the inconsistent document type for posting documents. If, when you execute the task, the system identifies this type of inconsistency in the Customizing settings for a document type, the system attempts to correct this inconsistency automatically. Where applicable, a message is also displayed requesting you to save the changes. A new report now checks manual document types for these inconsistencies and eliminates them when you execute the report in the update run. We recommend that you always execute the report whenever you have made changes to the data model. Before you execute the report, specify the consolidation area in the global parameters. The report only ever checks the manual document types for this consolidation area that you specified in the global parameters. When you have configured this setting, execute report UCUMD_REPAIR_DOCTYPE_FIELDOPT in transaction SE38.

See also Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 184 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Treasury
Business Function FIN In-House Cash Module Enhancements
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: In-House Cash Module Enhancements (New)
Use As of SAP ECC 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financial Services, Enhancement Package 5 (EA-FS 605), the business function In-House Cash Module Enhancements (FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1) is available. You can implement this business function to take advantage of new features in the In-House Cash solution. A feature for cash concentration reference enables you to maintain a reference between the bank customer account (BCA) payment orders and the In-House Cash payment orders. When the cash concentration run takes place, two payment orders are created - one from the BCA and another from In-House Cash. These payment orders are now linked and the details are available in the logs of the In-House Cash payment order. A feature for payment order reversal is available. With this feature, you can reverse payment orders for both cross bank and external payments. On reversing a cross bank payment order, the reversal of the generated payment order takes place. On reversing an external payment order, if the generated payment request is cleared then the clearing document and the payment request is also reversed. There is a provision available which lets you enter the reason for reversing the payment request and, if available, the clearing document. You can now unblock and post payment orders in bulk. The final posting of the payment order occurs only when confirmation is received from the external bank. The addition of a dual control checkbox enables you to control the dual control setting when the In-House Cash account limit is exceeded. See also Refer to the following detailed release notes for additional information on: o o

Unblocking and Posting of Payment Order Dual Control for Limit Check

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 185 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: Unblocking and Posting of Payment Order (New)


Use As of SAP ECC 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financial Services, Enhancement Package 5 (EA-FS 605), business function In-House Cash Module Enhancements (FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1), a new feature for unblocking and posting payment orders is available. With this feature, the final posting of a payment order happens only after a confirmation on the clearing is received from the external bank. Payment orders are posted provisionally until an accepted items message is received from the bank, indicating that the payment has been debited. On receiving the bank statement from the external bank, it is uploaded to determine if the payment for the corresponding payment order is cleared. If it has been cleared, the particular payment is selected and unblocked so that it can be finally posted.

Effects on Customizing In Customizing, choose Financial Supply Chain Management -> In-House Cash -> Account Management -> Payment Processes in In-House Cash -> Central Cash Receipt / Incoming Bank Statements -> Define Transaction Types for Incoming Payment. For information on what steps to take, see the relevant online documentation. See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1, In-House Cash Module Enhancements. See the relevant release note for details of other features available in that business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 186 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: Dual Control for Limit Check


As of SAP ECC 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financial Services, Enhancement Package 5 (EA-FS 605), business function In-House Cash Module Enhancements (FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1), a new dual control check feature is available. A flag (No Dual) is used to prevent the payment order from going into dual control mode automatically when the account limit exceeds. If the flag is checked, the payment order would fail to post and would not go to into dual control. If the flag is not checked, the payment order would go to into dual control when the account limit exceeds.

Effects on Customizing To check the Dual Control checkbox in Customizing, choose Financial Supply Chain Management -> In-House Cash -> Account Management -> Payment Processes in InHouse Cash -> Define Transaction Types.

See also

This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1, In-House Cash Module Enhancements. See the relevant release note for details of the other features available in that business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 187 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function Financial Risk Management for Commodities


FIN_TRM_COMM_RM: Financial Risk Management for Commodities (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, Financial Risk Management for Commodities (FIN_TRM_COMM_RM) delivers functionality for the following commodity processes: o Exposure Management for Commodities Commodity Exposure Reporting (transaction TISCER) Is a report to display the physical and paper trades of a commodity. The report also displays the net long and short position of a commodity. One report can display the volume, contract value and market value. Commodity Swaps Feature enables you to create and maintain commodity swap deals. A commodity swap is similar to an interest rate swap, but the parties exchange a fixed price for a commodity with a floating, or variable, price for the commodity. Commodity OTC Options Feature enables you to create and maintain commodity OTC option deals. A commodity OTC option is a special kind of OTC option with an underlying commodity forward. OTC deals are the result of discussion and negotiation between two parties, without the intervention and/or regulation of a marketexchange. The terms and conditions of the trades are completely deal-specific and are formalized by a legal document called the confirmation document. Within Hedge Management you can hedge commodity risks Spot-Spot Method The commodity hedging feature enables hedge management using a spotspot or dual-spot method to perform hedge accounting and effectiveness tests on commodity hedges. Hedging with Commodity Swaps Commodity swap offers the hedger the opportunity to convert floating price contract to fixed price and vice-versa, hence helping to hedge the commodity price risk.

The delivered functionality includes transactions for commodity master and market data including commodity curves, which enable you to represent future commodity prices, including the cost of carry and convenience yield. FAS 157 Reporting FAS 157 reports is compliance reporting of fair values of financial instruments. The report displays the fair values of financial instruments and the system is able to classify the instruments in 3 levels. Carbon credits and emission certificates trading Due to the Kyoto Protocol, customers require trading of paper emission certificates in the market. These certificates are in the form of instruments like futures, forwards, and listed options. This new functionality allows trading in these certificates under a new category, Weather.

Effects on Existing Data New Structure Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 188 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

The new structure Financial Risk Management for Commodities under Financial Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management covers all functionality needed for the commodity processes. New Functions o The new functions Maintain Commodity Curves (transaction TANCMASTER) and Define Delivery Location (transaction TPM_LOCATION) are available under Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Master Data. Under Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Market Data & Simulation -> Market Data and also under Treasury and Risk Management -> Basic Functions -> Market Data Management -> Manual Market Data Entry -> Commodities the following new functions are available: o Display Future Style Commodity Curve (transaction TPM_TRCO_FUTMD) Enter Commodity Forward Market Data (transaction TPM_TRCO_FWMD)

Under Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Market Data & Simulation -> Market Data you can find the new function Compare Commodity Curves (transaction TANCC_COMPARE). You can find the new function for collective processing of commodity swaps (transaction FTRCOMS00) under Financial Risk Management for Commodities > Back Office -> Collective Processing. The new report Commodity Exposure Reporting (transaction TISCER) is available under Financial Risk Management for Commodites -> Information System. Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Market Risk Analyzer -> Tools -> Reorganization Tools -> Financial Object -> Financial Object Integration you can find the following new entries: Generate Financial Objects for Exposure Positions (AFO_AP_EXP_MMIG) Edit Financial Objects for Exposure Positions (AFO_AP_EXP_MUPD)

Under Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Utilities and also under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Utilities -> Archiving you find the new node Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (Exposure Management 2.0) Preprocessing Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (transaction FTREX31) Reset Preprocessing Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (transaction FTREX32) Archive Raw Exposures (transaction FTREX41) Archive Expo sure Positions (transaction FTREX42)

Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Information System -> Regulatory Reporting -> FAS 157 you find the following new functions: Classify Securities by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_SEC) Classify Loans by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_LOAN) Classify OTC Deals by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_OTC) FAS157 Compliance Overview (transaction FTI_FAS157_OVERVIEW)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 189 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


FAS157 Level 3 Details (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEVEL3) The function Maintain Commodity Master Data (transaction FCZZ which replaces TPM_CTY_MASTER in the area menu) has been enhanced by a tree control, which shows the commodity hierarchy and eases the access of the commodities. On the tab page Basic Data the new fields Commodity Category, Delivery Location and Incoterms are available and for entering Forward Rate Dates you can use the conform new tab page. The functions for interest rate calculation (TI10, TI11, TI12, TI13, TI37, TJ05, TJ05_REV, TJ09) have been changed. Now you can adjust interest rates and commodity prices. The structure nodes are renamed to Variable Rate/Price Calculation. The transaction management functionality has been enhanced for handling the new product category 810 Commodity Swap.

Changed/Replaced Functions

Effects on Customizing The new component Financial Risk Management for Commodities does not have its own customizing. The customizing of the SAP Treasury and Risk Management includes all activities needed for the Commodity processes. New IMG activities o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Basic Functions -> Market Data Management -> Master Data -> Commodities you can find the following new IMG activities: o o

Define Commodity Curve Type (under the new node Settings for
Commodity Curve)

Define Market Data Provider

Define Incoterms is available under Treasury and Risk Management ->


Transaction Manager-> Listed Derivatives-> Master Data-> Commodities. Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Hedge Management -> Number Ranges you can find the following new IMG activities: Define Number Ranges for (Automatic) Hypothetical Derivative Assign Number Range for (Automatic) Hypothetical derivative to Company Code

Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Hedge Management -> Settings for Exposure Management 2.0 you can find the new node Archiving Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions which contains the new activitiy Maintain Company Code Dependent

Retention Periods
o Under Treasury and Risk Management - > Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Information System -> FAS 157 you can find the following new IMG activities: -

FAS157: Classify Product Categories and Types into Levels FAS 157: Assign Update Types to Level 3 Categories

Changed IMG activities

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 190 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Listed Derivatives -> Transaction Management -> Transaction Types the activity Define Transaction Types has been enhanced for managing the new product category 810 Commodity Swap with the the new area Commodity Swap which provides the following fields: Indicator Use netting Side Category Incoming Side of the Swap Side Category for Outgoing Side of the Swap

Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Setting -> Hedge Management -> Effectiveness Test -> Define Calculation Types the new indicator Create Hypothetical Derivative automatically is available.

See also o o o o o o o o Test case: Commodity Exposure Reporting Test case: Commodity Options Test case: Commodity SWAPS Test case: Commodity Curves Test case: Exposure Manager 2.0 - Enhancements Test case: Hedging With Commodity SWAPS Test case: Spot - Spot Method Used with Commodity Hedging Test case: Reporting in Compliance with FAS157

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 191 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function TRM, Correspondence Framework 2


FIN_TRM_CORR_FW_2: TRM Correspondence Framework 2 (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), the business function TRM Correspondence Framework 2 (FIN_TRM_CORR_FW_2) is available. You can implement this business function to take advantage of the new correspondence framework and use the following new features: o o Processing of SWIFT MT566 messages (dividend payments only) Mass approval of correspondence objects

Processing of SWIFT MT566 messages (dividend payments only): You can store data received through corporate action messages as correspondence objects, and can compare the data received through those messages. After an incoming MT566 message is read, a corresponding correspondence object with the status received is created. The incoming message is reconciled with the condition data of the respective security ID. This can be triggered online by batch or automatically. Once a correspondence object is created for an MT566 message, it becomes eligible for comparison. The Business Add-In (BADI_TCOR_EVENT) replaces the comparison logic between the calculated corporate action data and the data received through corporate action messages. Tolerance between calculated corporate action data and data received from corporate action messages is now available. An alert lets you know when the difference between the calculated corporate action data and data received from corporate action messages falls outside defined tolerances. If the comparison fails, an alert process (if requested) is initiated. Any correspondence object that has failed comparison during inbound processing must be reconciled and coupled with a corresponding security ID, if one exists in the class master data. In this case, status functions Reconcile is used in the status function instead of Automatic Match. Mass Approval of Correspondence Objects: Bulk work items waiting for approval can be approved. Different services are available for a work item, such as request, release, and resend. Details of a particular financial transaction can be provided by a service display, which lists the details of the correspondence object. The feature can be accessed through the new web application Massapproval (transaction FTR_MASSAPPROVAL). Effects on Existing Data New functions Under Transaction Manager -> Money Market / Freign Exhange / Derivatives / Securities/ Commodities-> Trade /Back Office -> Correspondence you find the following new functions for dividend payments: o o o Reconcile Corporate Actions (transaction FTR_RECO_CORP_ACT) Reconcile Corporate Action in Batch (transaction FTR_RECON_CA_BATCH) Send for Approval in Batch Mode (transaction FTR_SEND_APPRVL)

Also we provide the new new web application Massapproval (transaction FTR_MASSAPPROVAL). Effects on Customizing

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 192 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

New Customizing Activities Under Transaction Manger -> General Settings -> Correspondence -> General Settings you find the following new activities: o o

Maintain Tolerance for Dividend Payments BAdI: Influence Events After Storing Correspondence Objects BAdI: Influence Events After Saving Correspondence Objects
has been changed.

Changed Customizing Activities o

See also o Test Case: Processing of SWIFT MT566, Mass Approval of

Correspondence

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 193 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function TRM, Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios


FIN_TRM_INS_HM_2: Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605) the business function Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios (FIN_TRM_INS_HM_2) is available, which provides several uses cases for streamlined hedge management processes to eliminate market price and interest rate risks of financial instruments in terms of business and accounting. The available hedging relationship categories are: o o o Fair Value Hedges Cash Flow Hedges the special German category Units of Valuation (German: Bewertungseinheiten).

With the integration of positions and subpositions as financial objects into the Risk Analyzer, you are now able to select directly by position and subposition. This represents an advantage because the calculation of the net present value is based on the positions/subpositions. The Hedge Management for FAM provides a single point of entry for auditor enquiries on hedging activities to identify hedged items and hedging instruments, to the effectiveness tests and the documentation. With the new logical database TRM, Hedge Management for FAM Reporting (FTI_TR_THX_HEDGE) you get a better access to the Hedge Management for FAM data for analyzing your hedging relationships. Effects on Existing Data The user interface for transaction Manage Hedging Relationships (transaction TPM100) has been changed: o o new tab Worklist as additional search function new indicator With Rollover on Hedging Relationship Detail tab in the frame Risk and Profile is available for all profiles with one of the following scenarios: 110 FVH: Price Risk with Adjusted Spot-Spot Value w/o FX 522 UoV: FSTs as Hedging Instruments

532 UoV: FST Hedged with FSTs This indicator has to be set, when you want to rollover a hedging relationship. Within a fair value hedge you have to decide and document before designation, if rollover is allowed for a hedging relationship. Additional hint: When in the hedging relationship the rollover isn't allowed, then the rollover of a FST which is part of the hedging relationship isn't possible even if in the FST the rollover is allowed. o the new Effectiveness Test Status: N Always Effective (Shortcut) is available This new status is used for Units of Valuation which do not need an effectiveness test and also for the Shortcut Method. When in the customizing of the HM-FAM in the hedging profile the new parameter Test Plan Category is set to Effectiveness Testing is Disabled (e.g. Shortcut-Method), then the effectiveness status of a hedging relationship is Always Effective.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 194 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


When you choose in the hedging profile a scenario for Units of Valuation, you have to set the Test Plan Category to Effectiveness Testing is Disabled (e.g. Shortcut-Method). The effectiveness status of a hedging relationship for UoV is Always Effective.

on the tab page Hedged Item for cash flow hedges the area Hedged Items Detail the new field Hypothetical Derivative is available for cash flow hedges. Push the button Detail View beside the new field and you reach the new screen Hypothetical Derivative Details. This screen contains two tab pages. The Structure tab page shows the Start and End of term, the Outgoing Interest and the Incoming Interest of the hypthetical derivative. The other tab page shows the Cash Flow of the hypothetical derivative which represents the hedged item within the effectiveness test.

On tab page Effectiveness Tests the new tab page for RET History is available which provides a graphical overview for the retrospective effectiveness tests. Also on tab page Test Execution a new column for the indicator Test Not According to Test Plan is available.

The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries: o Treasury and Risk Management -> Market Risk Analyzer -> Master Data -> Derive Rule Values -> Subledger Positions/Subpositions (transaction AFO_FOI_RULE_TRL) Treasury and Risk Management -> Market Risk Analyzer -> Tools -> Reorganisation Tools -> Financial Object Integration Edit Financial Object for Subledger Positions / Subpositions (transaction AFO_AP_TRL_MUPD) Generate Financial Object for Subledger Positions / Subpositions (transaction AFO_AP_TRL_MMIG)

Effects on Customizing Changed IMG activities o Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Number Ranges -> Assign Number Ranges a new column for assigning the number range for hypothetical derivatives is added. Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Effectiveness Test -> Effectiveness Test Method the following new effectiveness test method categories are available: 12 Schleifer Noise Method 21 Linear Regression Method

31 Critical Term Match Method The area Prospective Effectiveness Test Detail has been enhanced by the following fields: -

Market Data Calc. Logic Number of Basis Points

Effectiveness Test Critical Term Type The area Dollar Offset Method Related Settings has been enhanced by the Schleifer Noise Method related new field Threshold (%) The new area Linear Regression Method Related Settings is available which contains the following new fields:

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 195 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


-

Number of Data Points Time Slice Type


Calendar

Holiday Movement Type


Alpha

Assessment Method

Slope & R Condition Type The following fields are available for the Assessment Method Independent o Indicator Check R Min. / Max R Indicator Check Intercept Min / Max Intercept Coeff. Indicator Check Slope Min / Max Slope Coefficient Not Equal to T-Statistic

Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Define Hedging Profiles: the following new Hedging Relationship Scenarios are available: - 120 FVH: Stocks Hedged with OTC Options - 130 FVH: Stock Hedged with Total Return Swap - 150 FVH: Bond Hedged with Interest Rate Swap - 510 UoV: FX Forwards as Hedging Instruments - 520 UoV: Swaps as Hedging Instruments - 521 UoV: Futures as Hedging Instruments - 522 UoV: FSTs as Hedging Instruments - 523 UoV: Forwards as Hedging Instruments - 530 UoV: FX Forwards Hedged with FX Forwards - 531 UoV: Swap Hedged with Swaps - 532 UoV: FST Hedged with FSTs - 710 CFH: Bond Hedged with Interest Rate Swap - 720 CFH: Loan Hedged with IRS new field Test Plan Category is available new field ET Handling in Derived Business Transactions is available new field Hypothetical Derivative Creation Category new area Documentation Handling with the new checkbox Optional

Documentation
For Units of Valuation it's not always necessary to have documentation. o Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Update Types -> Assign Update Types for Hedge Man. Business Transactions to Product Types two new columns for the rollover update types are added. Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Define Position Management Procedure the new indicator Interest Rate Risk is available in the area Risk Categories for Hedge Accounting for FAM.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 196 of 222

SAP
o o

What's New? Release Notes


Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Number Ranges you can find the new IMG activity Define Number Ranges for Hypothetical Derivatives. Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Effectiveness Test you can find the following new entries: under the new node Settings for Linear Regression are the new IMG activity Define Condition Type is available and also the BAdI:

New IMG activities

Linear Regression Assessment Method Enhancement.


o

Define Critical Term Type

Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Basic Analyzer Settings -> Automatic Integration of Financial Objects in Transaction Master Data - > Subledger Positions and Subpositions you will find the following new IMG activities: -

Activate/Deactivate Financial Object Integration Define Derivation Strategy for Subledger Positions and Subpositions BAdI: Subledger Positions and Subpositions

See also o o o o o o Test Case: FVH: Stock (PC not equal to LC) Hedged with FST

(Price Risk)
Test Case: FVH: Stock in LC Hedged with OTC Option (Price

Risk)
Test Case: FVH: Bond Hedged with Interest Rate Swap (Interest

Rate Risk)
Test Case: UoV: Stock in Unit of Valuation with FST Test Case: CFH: Bond Hedged with Interest Rate Swap (Interest

Rate Risk)
For more information, refer to the SAP Library under Business Function Sets and Business Functions -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management -> Hegde Managemet for FAM -> Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios. The documentation for the new functions in the SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager -> Hedge Management for Financial Asset Management (HM-FAM).

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 197 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France


FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), the business function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR) is available. With this business function, you can meet country-specific requirements in the Transaction Manager (FIN-FSCM-TRM-TM) component for France. In particular, it enables French life insurance companies to carry out treasury processes in accordance with the requirements of French GAAP and French tax GAAP. For more information, see the following release notes: o o o o Note To use this business function, you have to activate the Financial Services (EA-FS) Enterprise Extension. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions -> TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France.

FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Amortized Cost (New) FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Capitalization Reserves (New) FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: FIFO Reevaluation (New) FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Impairment (New)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 198 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Amortized Cost (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR), you can use the linear amortized cost (LAC) method or the scientific amortized cost (SAC) method for debt securities, depending on the difference between the purchase price and the nominal price. According to French GAAP, if the difference between the purchase price and the nominal price of a debt security is less than 10% of its nominal price, the LAC method must be used. If it is more than 10%, the SAC method must be used. To enable you to switch between these methods, you can assign an alternative position management procedure to the Customizing records created for the assignment of the default position management procedure. You also define a threshold that the system uses to determine which position management procedure is required. A consolidated assignment check enables you to keep track of the records created for the default position management procedure and to update the assignment of the alternative position management procedure accordingly.

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Supply Chain Management under Treasury and Risk Management. In addition to the required generic settings, you make country-specific settings in the following new Customizing activities: o

Activate Alternative Pos. Management Proc. for Product Types: Specify that an alternative position management procedure must be
used for certain product types.

Assign Alternative Position Management Procedure: Assign the


alternative position management procedure to the existing Customizing records for the default position management procedure and specify the percentage that the system uses to determine which procedure is required.

Run Consolidated Assignment Check: Keep track of the records created for the default position management procedure and update the assignment of the alternative position management procedure accordingly. Activate Functions for Company Code: Activate the amortized cost
function for the required company codes.

See also o o Release note FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM,

Transaction Management Localization for France (New)


SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager -> Country-Specific Functions -> Treasury and Risk Management - France (TRM)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 199 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Capitalization Reserves (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR), you can post capital gains and losses from the sale of debt securities to a separate balance account for capitalization reserves instead of to the profit and loss account, as required by French GAAP. You can set up the capitalization reserves posting by making various Customizing settings that control the derived flows and the account determination process as follows: o The posting amount is the difference between the sale amount and the amortized book value, which is calculated using the scientific amortized cost (SAC) method. Amortization is recalculated using the SAC method for debt securities that have been amortized using the linear amortized cost (LAC) method. Capital gains increase the account balance and capital losses decrease it, and you can decide whether you allow the negative balance of the capitalization reserves account. If you do not allow it and the account balance of zero is reached when posting losses, any remaining capital loss is posted to the profit and loss account.

Effects on Existing Data A reconciliation report has been added to the area menu. This enables you to identify financial transactions that have been incorrectly posted to the capitalization reserve account, and to branch directly to the Manual Posting (FWBS) transaction to correct the account balance. To use the reconciliation report, on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Country Specifics -> France -> Capitalization Reserves > Reconciliation Report.

Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Supply Chain Management under Treasury and Risk Management. In addition to the required generic settings, you make country-specific settings in the following new Customizing activities: o

Activate Capitalization Reserves for Product Types: Activate the


calculation of capitalization reserves for one or more product types within a specific valuation area in a company code and assign the amortization method to the corresponding accounting code.

o o

Activate Capitalization Reserves Account Check: Activate the


function to disable the negative balance of the capitalization reserves account.

Assign Update Types for Capitalization Reserves Posting:


Assign the update types for the capitalization reserves posting to the relevant position management procedure.

Assign Update Types for Manual Posting: Assign the relevant update
types for manual posting.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 200 of 222

SAP
o

What's New? Release Notes


Activate Functions for Company Code: Activate the capitalization
reserves function for the required company codes.

You can adapt the calculation of the account balance to your own requirements using the new Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Calculate Balance for Capitalization Reserve Account. See also o o Release note FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM,

Transaction Management Localization for France (New)


SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager -> Country-Specific Functions -> Treasury and Risk Management - France (TRM)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 201 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: FIFO Reevaluation (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR), you can perform tax accounting and financial accounting for the same assets by organizing them in parallel portfolio structures. This feature enables you to do the following: o Perform financial accounting according to French GAAP for separate portfolios using the first in first out (FIFO) method (for example, nonregulated portfolios that are created for each product class in the life insurance section of an insurance company). Perform tax accounting according to French tax GAAP by consolidating the positions in the separate nonregulated portfolios into one tax portfolio in an additional valuation area and reevaluating the positions using the FIFO method.

You activate FIFO reevaluation for a specific company code. When business transactions are performed in this company code, the system assigns the business transactions to the additional valuation area that is being used for FIFO reevaluation and copies the business transactions from the nonregulated portfolios to the tax portfolio. It also maps the relevant security accounts to a separate security account assigned to the additional valuation area. Effects on Existing Data To carry out FIFO reevaluation for existing business transactions, you can transfer them to the additional valuation area by executing program IDCFM_FRRF_TRQ_BUSTRANS_FILL in transaction SA38. Effects on Customizing You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial Supply Chain Management under Treasury and Risk Management. In addition to the required generic settings, you make country-specific settings in the following new Customizing activities: o o o o See also o o Release note FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM,

Define Additional Valuation Area: Define the additional valuation area


that is to be used for FIFO reevaluation.

Map Nonregulated Portfolios to Tax Portfolio: Map the nonregulated


portfolios to the tax portfolio.

Activate Functions for Company Code: Activate FIFO reevaluation for


the required company codes.

Check FIFO Reevaluation Settings: Check that the required


Customizing settings have been made for FIFO reevaluation.

Transaction Management Localization for France (New)


SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager -> Country-Specific Functions -> Treasury and Risk Management - France (TRM)

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 202 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Business Function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting


FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use new functionality within the SAP Treasury and Risk Management which improves efficiency and fulfill legal requirements including enhancements in reporting and straight-through processing. The following new functionality is available: o New financial instruments o

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Forward Loan Purchase FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Fiduciary Deposit FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Total Return Swap FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Company Code Dependent Rate Type for Currency Translation FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Variable Rate/Price Calculation
New Business Application Programming Interface for Securities Lending (SecuritiesLending, BUS5770) in the BAPI Explorer (transaction BAPI) under Financials -> Financial Supply Chain Management available to create, change, reverse, rollover and give notice security lending transactions. You can also use the functions GetDetail and PrepareChangeStructure.

Transaction Management -

Accounting -

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Enhancements in Single Position Management FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Separating Posting and Paying Step FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Retrospective SAC Amortization Method FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Account Assignments
The manual posting function (transaction FWBS) is able to post in securities account management indicating the differentiation criteria that is used for position differentiation. New Rounding Rule for FX Conversion at Valuation You can choose between round down or round arthmetic the valuation amount in valuation currency after currency translation. The round down rule is required for e.g. by the Korean GAAP. The new indicator Rounding Rule for FX Conversion at Valuation is available under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 203 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes


> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Define Position Management Procedure in the new area Rounding Rule. For year end valuation you now can opt to have it reset afterwards which is required for e.g. by IFRS accounting rules. Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting > Settings for Position Management -> Define Security Valuation Procedure the new field Create Reset Flows During Year End Security Valuation is available. You can choose between the book rate and the market rate for the conversion of the amortization amount into valuation currency in the Customizing under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Key Date Valuation -> Define Amortization Procedure (new field Conversion Category). The special security valuation is now also possible for the one step valuation procedures. Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Key Date Valuation -> Define One-Step Price Valuation Procedure the indicator Enable Special Write-Up/Write-Down for Securities is available.

Master Data -

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Tab Pages in Class Data FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Authorization Check for Security Price Maintenance FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: FAS 157 Reporting
New Payment Journal (TPM20A), see also FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3:

Information System -

Separating Posting and Paying Step


o Exposure Management 2.0 o

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Archiving of Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Accounting Analyzer
Within the Credit Risk Analyzer it is now possible to run the End-of-Day Processing (transaction KLNACHT) per company code.

Risk Analyzer -

Effects on Data Transfer When you activate the Business Function, you will see that changes have been made to the area menu, the user interfaces, and the implementation guide (IMG). For more information, see the release notes mentioned above. See also o o o Test Case: Fiduciary Deposit Test Case: Forward Loan Purchase Test Case: Total Return Swap

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 204 of 222

SAP
o o o o o o o o o

What's New? Release Notes


Test Case: Enhancements in Single Position Management Test Case: Manual Posting Test Case: Flexible Conversion of Foreign Exchange Rate Test Case: Retrospective SAC Amortization Method for MBS Test Case: Derivation Tool Test Case: Enhancement of Class Data Test Case: Reporting in Compliance with FAS157 Test Case: Accounting Analyzer For more information, refer to the SAP Library under Business Function Sets and Business Functions -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management -> TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 205 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Forward Loan Purchases (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), a new feature for managing forward loan purchases is available. A forward loan purchase is an agreement between two counterparties to enter into a loan contract. The loan is not paid out directly after the agreement but at a later point in time. All the loan ingredients are fixed at the contract closure. Processing related to the new feature begins in Loans Management and continues in the Transaction Manager under Treasury and Risk Management. The approach is to build up the derivative (forward contract) in the Treasury and Risk Management application. The loans contract is built up in the Loans Management module using existing functions. The forward loan purchase is restricted to the parallel valuation areas (valuation area 0001 is excluded). Effects on Customizing You need to have Loans Management installed, configured, and running in your system. You can find the relevant configuration activites in Customizing under SAP Banking -> Loans Management. See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 206 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Fiduciary Deposit


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the new financial instruments Fiduciary Deposit, which is fully integrated in the position management and accounting areas of the Transaction Manager as well as in the Market Risk Analyzer. Effects on Existing Data o In transaction management the functions for creating and changing financial transactions (transactions FTR_CREATE and FTR_EDIT) have been enhanced for managing the Fiduciary Deposits. The area menu has been enhanced by the following new functions Fiduciary Deposits: Collective Processing of Fiduciary Deposits (transaction TM60) under Transaction Manager -> Money Market -> Trading / Back Office -> Collective Processing. Fiduciary Deposits: Collaterals (transaction TM60SC) is available under Transaction Manager -> Money Market -> Information System -> Transactions

Effects on Customizing o o In the IMG activities Define Product Types (Money Market) the new product category 570 Fiduciary Deposit is available. For using the new financial instrument Fiduciary Deposit create a new product type based on the new product category. Make all necessary settings for transaction and position management in the IMG of the Transaction Manager.

See also o For more information, refer to the SAP Library by choosing SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FINFSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager -> General Information about the Transaction Manager -> Product Types in the Transaction Manager. This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 207 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Total Return Swap (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the new financial instruments Total Return Swap, which is fully integrated in the position management and accounting areas of the Transaction Manager as well as in the Market Risk Analyzer where you can calculate the net present value (NPV) of total return swap deals (transaction TPM60). Effects on Existing Data o In transaction management the functions for creating and changing financial transactions (transactions FTR_CREATE and FTR_EDIT) have been enhanced for managing the Total Return Swap. The area menu has been enhanced by the new function Collective Processing of Total Return Swaps (transaction FTRTRES00) under Transaction Manager -> Derivatives -> Trading / Back Office -> Collective Processing.

Effects on Customizing In the IMG activities Define Product Types (Derivatives) the new product category 640 Total Return Swap is available. For using the new financial instrument Total Return Swap create a new product type based on the new product category. Make all necessary settings for transaction and position management in the IMG of the Transaction Manager. See also o For more information, refer to the SAP Library by choosing SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FINFSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager -> General Information about the Transaction Manager -> Product Types in the Transaction Manager. This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 208 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Company Code Dependent Rate Type for CurrencyTranslation (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the rate type defined for the company code also in the financial transactions. Effects on Customizing In the Customizing under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Organization -> Define Company Code Additional Data in the area Exchange Rate Settings the new indicator Use Rate Type in Financial Transactions is available. When this indicator is marked, the rate type for currency conversion to local currency defined for the company code will be used for all financial transactions. Remark: When this indicator isn't set, the exhange rate type M is used for currency translation within the financial transactions. See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 209 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Variable Rate/Price Calculation (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) the functions for variable interest calculation (transactions TI10, TI11, TI12, TI37, TJ05, TJ05_REV, TJ09) have been changed. Now you can adjust interest rates and also security prices. The structure nodes are renamed to Variable Rate/Price Calculation. See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 210 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Enhancements in Single Position Management (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can: o o use the portfolio as a new differentiation criterion for single position management use HIFO/LOFO as new consumption sequence procedure o HIFO = Highest in First out. With this consumption sequence procedure, the position that is sold is the one that has highest acquisition value. LOFO = Lowest in First out. With this consumption sequence procedure, the position that is sold is the one that has lowest acquisition value

Different consumption sequence procedure in dependency of business transaction category

Additional Hint: The new functionality can be used only if a new company code is defined. Effects on Customizing Portfolio as new differentiation criterion for single position management In the customizing activity Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Define and Assign Differentiations o o o Define a differentiation Portfolio Assign the differentiation Portfolio for positions Under Single Position Management assign for valuation area and company code which Product Type is relevant for single position management.

HIFO/LOFO as automatic consumption sequence procedures In Customizing under Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Assign Consumption Sequence Procedure the new methods HIFO and LOFO are available. Assign the consumption sequence procedure (LIFO, FIFO, HIFO, LOFO or Manual Assignment) for the positions with single position management to define how the quantity will be taken from the lots during a sale of the position. Consumption sequence procedure in dependency of business transaction category 1. In Customizing under Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Assign Consumption Sequence Procedure on the view CSP Schema you can create CSP Schema IDs. Mark a schema and go to Settings per Business Transaction Category and assign the consumption sequence procedures for each of the four available business transaction categories: Security Account Transfer (2010) Valuation Class Transfer (2012) Portfolio Transfer (2016)

2.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 211 of 222

SAP
3.

What's New? Release Notes


Fund Transfer (only for PS customers) (7000) Assign now the schemas in the views Settings per Company Code / Settings per Product Type / Settings per Valuation Class / Settings per Portfolio.

See also o o o Test case: Enhancements in Single Position Management Release note TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,

Reporting
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 212 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Separating Posting and Paying Step (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can post a flow without paying and vice versa. By separating the payment step from the posting step, you can initiate the payment first and the posting later, enabling you to make urgent payments from financial transactions. Effects on Existing Data New Functions The new Payment Journal (transaction TPM20A) is available in the area menu of the Transaction Manager under the following paths o o Transaction Manager -> Information System -> Reports -> Accounting Transaction Manager -> Money Market / Foreign Exchange / Derivatives / Commodities / Securities / Debt Management -> Information System -> Accounting

Changed Functions Under Transaction Manager -> Accounting -> Transaction -> Post (transaction TBB1) the new indicator Pay Only is available.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 213 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Retrospective SAC Amortization Method (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the new retrospective SAC amortization method according to FASB 91 for positions of product category 042 Bond with Instalment Repayment managed in single position management. Effects on Customizing Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Key Date Valuation -> Define Amortization Procedure the field Treat.EffIntRate (SAC) is extended by an additional select option to adjust the effective interest after Retrospective-method. See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 214 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Account Assignments (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can fill the following target fields in the FI document with values by means of the new derivation tool: o o o o o o o o o GSBER Business Area PARGB Trading partner's business area PPRCTR Partner Profit Center PRCTR Profit Center PSEGMENT Partner Segment for Segmental Reporting SEGMENT Segment for Segmental Reporting TYP_MOV Movement Type (Inventory Management) VBUND Company ID of trading partner XREF3 Reference key for line item

This derivation tool is called when documents are being posted to FI. During posting the target fields mentioned above will get updated in the FI document according to the defined derivation steps. Effects on Customizing Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Link to Other Accounting Components -> Additional Account Assignments you can find the following activities for the derivation of additional account assignments: o o

Define Derivation of Additional Account Assignments


Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) Derivation of Additional Account Assignments - Notes on Implementation - BAdI: Derivation of Additional Account Assignments - BAdI: Derivation of Texts for Additional Account

Assignments - BAdI: Mapping of Additional Account Assignment Values


See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 215 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Tab Pages in Class Data (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the following additional tab pages in class data: o Predefined Tab Page The tab page and the fields are delivered by SAP, but the appearance of the tab page can be customized. User-Defined Tab Page You can also create an additional tab page in the class data by using the BAdI: Additional Tab Page in Class Data (TPM_SEC_CUST_DATA).

Effects on Customizing You can find the following new activities for the two new Additional Tab Pages in Class Data under Treasury and Risk Management -> Basic Functions -> Transaction Manager-> Securities -> Master Data -> Specific Class Data -> Additional Tab Pages in Class Data: o PredefinedTab Page o

Define Heading for Tab Page Define Names for Currency Attributes Define Names for Date Attributes Define Names for Free Text Attributes Define Names and Values for Short Attributes Define Names and Values for Long Attributes BAdI: Additional Tab Page in Class Data

User-Defined Tab Page -

Changed IMG activity: The Field Selection of the Customizing activity Define Product Types under Transaction Manager -> Securities -> Master Data -> Product Types has been enhanced by the new area Customer Data. Here you activate the pre-structured additional tab page on product type level. See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 216 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Authorization Check for Security Price Maintenance (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use a new authorization check for security price maintenance. The check is based on the price types. This allows independent companies to share common market data with separate price types at the same time. Effects on System Administration The new authorization object Security Price Maintenance - Price type ( T_SEC_PRIC) has been created. Effects on Customizing When you want to use the authorization check you have to activate it in Customizing under Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Organization -> Activate Authority Check for Security Price Type . See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 217 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: FAS 157 Reporting (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use this new functionality which enables you to report according to FAS157, which is a legal standard under US GAAP. This standard proposes the fair value calculation of financial instruments and further adjusted fair value based on counterparty risk. The delivered report displays the fair value of financial instruments and classifies them in three levels. Effects on Existing Data Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Information System -> Reports -> Regulatory Reporting under the new node FAS 157 you find: o o o o o Classify Securities by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_SEC) Classify Loans by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_LOAN) Classify OTC Deals by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_OTC) FAS157 Compliance Overview (transaction FTI_FAS157_OVERVIEW) FAS157 Levl 3 Details (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEVEL3)

Effects on Customizing Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings > Information System -> FAS 157 you can find the following new IMG activities: o o See also o This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function. This functionality is also deliverd with business function FIN_TRM_COMM_RM: Financial Risk Management for Commodities. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

FAS157: Classify Product Categories and Types into Levels FAS 157: Assign Update Types to Level 3 Categories

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 218 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Archiving of Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (New)


Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can archive raw exposures and exposure positions within the Exposure Management 2.0. Effects on Existing Data Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Utilities -> Archiving you find the new node Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (Exposure Management 2.0) which contains: o o o o Preprocessing Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (transaction FTREX31) Reset Preprocessing Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (transaction FTREX32) Archive Raw Exposures (transaction FTREX41) Archive Exposure Positions (transaction FTREX42)

Effects on Customizing Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings > Hedge Management -> Settings for Exposure Management 2.0 you can find the new node Archiving Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions which contains the new activitiy Maintain Company Code Dependent Retention Periods. See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 219 of 222

SAP
Use

What's New? Release Notes

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Accounting Analyzer (New)


As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the new Accounting Analyzer. You can report the position components of financial transactions and positions based on a specific granularity (portfolio hierarchy) with regard to Market Risk Analyzer and accounting key figures. This is possible for all instruments in the area of securities. Effects on Existing Data In the Area Menu under Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management you can find the new structure Accounting Analyzer. Which inculdes the new function Define Key Figures and Evaluation Procedures (transaction AFWKF_AA) under Accounting Analyzer -> Results Database. Effects on Customizing o o Under Treasury and Risk Management you can find the new structure for the Accounting Analyzer. Within the new structure of the Accounting Analyzer you can find the new activity Edit Key Figures and Evaluation Procedures under the node Results Database.

See also This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in this business function.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 220 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

Additional Release Notes


Enhancements for Foreign Currency Valuation (New)
Use As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), you can use program FAGL_FCV in place of program FAGL_FC_VALUATION for foreign currency valuation in new General Ledger Accounting. Not only does this program comprise all functions that were available in program FAGL_FC_VALUATION, but it also contains the following functions in addition: o Saving Output Lists To shorten the execution time of the program, you can save the output lists for valuation runs in the database. For each valuation run, you can specify whether the program only saves the output list or whether it saves the output list and also displays it directly. You can call saved output lists at a later point in time either directly with the program or by running the report Display Logs (FAGL_PROT). Direct Postings or Postings by Batch Input Session You can specify whether the program posts the generated valuation documents directly or whether it saves them for posting at a subsequent point in time in a batch input session. When the postings are made directly, the system automatically saves posting documents containing errors in a batch input session for correction and subsequent posting. Resetting Postings on Basis of Valuation History After postings have been made, you can reset them at a later point in time. For this, the program determines the relevant foreign currency items (line items) and foreign currency balances (accounts) as well as any corresponding valuation differences from the entries in the valuation history. In the case of foreign currency items, the system also creates a reset posting if the items were cleared before or on the specified valuation key date. Use of Parallel Processes To improve system performance, the program distributes the individual process steps during execution across parallel processes.

Effects on Existing Data Program FAGL_FCV uses the same data basis and the same posting logic as program FAGL_FC_VALUATION. Effects on System Administration This program does not need to be activated separately; you can execute it directly (transaction FAGL_FCV). After you have run the program once in an update run in a given client, the system always automatically starts program FAGL_FCV whenever program FAGL_FC_VALUATION is called in that client. Consequently, it is not possible to use both programs in parallel. Recommendation Likewise, in the case of valuation runs that you schedule using the Schedule Manager, the system automatically starts program FAGL_FCV after the first time that it has been used, automatically applying the selection parameters specified. If you want a complete conversion from program FAGL_FC_VALUATION to the new program, we recommend setting up a direct callup of program FAGL_FCV for these valuation runs. Effects on Customizing

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 221 of 222

SAP

What's New? Release Notes

In Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) under General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing -> Valuate -> Foreign Currency Valuation -> Define Number Range Intervals for Valuation Run ID, you have stored number range interval 01 of number range object FAGL_FCV. Moreover, the program uses the same settings as program FAGL_FC_VALUATION. See also SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Periodic Processing -> Closing Operations -> Foreign Currency Valuation.

Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0

Page 222 of 222